UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 
Washington, D.C. 20549 
Form 10-K 
 	 	 	
(Mark One)	 	 	
☑ 	 	ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934.	
 	
 	 	For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004	
or	
 	
o	 	TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934.	
 	
 	 	For the transition period from      N/A     to     N/A	
Commission file number 1-10140 
CVB FINANCIAL CORP. 
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter) 
 	 	 	
California	 	95-3629339	
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)	 	(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)	
 	
701 N. Haven Avenue, Suite 350
Ontario, California	 	91764	
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)	 	(Zip Code)	
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code (909) 980-4030 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: 
None 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: 
 	 	 	
(Title of Class)	 	(Title of Class)	
 	 	 	
Common stock, no par value	 	Preferred Stock Purchase Rights	
      Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.     Yes ☑          No o 
      Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.     o 
      Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is an accelerated filer (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).     Yes ☑          No o 
      As of June 30, 2004, the aggregate market value of the common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant was approximately $811,098,238. 
      Number of shares of common stock of the registrant outstanding as of March 11, 2005: 61,511,192. 
 	 	 	
Documents Incorporated By Reference	 	Part of	
 	 	 	
Definitive Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders which
will be filed within 120 days of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004	 	Part III of Form 10-K	

 
CVB FINANCIAL CORP. 
2004 ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K 
TABLE OF CONTENTS 
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
PART I	
Item 1.	 	Business	 	 	2	 	
Item 2.	 	Properties	 	 	14	 	
Item 3.	 	Legal Proceedings	 	 	15	 	
Item 4.	 	Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders	 	 	15	 	
Item 4(a).	 	Executive Officers of the Registrant	 	 	15	 	
PART II	
Item 5.	 	Market for the Registrant’s Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities.	 	 	17	 	
Item 6.	 	Selected Financial Data.	 	 	18	 	
Item 7.	 	Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and the Results of Operations.	 	 	19	 	
 	 	General	 	 	19	 	
 	 	Overview	 	 	19	 	
 	 	Critical Accounting Policies	 	 	21	 	
 	 	Analysis of the Results of Operations	 	 	22	 	
 	 	Analysis of Financial Condition	 	 	32	 	
 	 	Risk Management	 	 	42	 	
Item 7A.	 	Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk	 	 	53	 	
Item 8.	 	Financial Statements and Supplementary Data	 	 	53	 	
Item 9.	 	Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure	 	 	53	 	
Item 9A.	 	Controls and Procedures	 	 	53	 	
Item 9B.	 	Other Information	 	 	55	 	
PART III	
Item 10.	 	Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant	 	 	56	 	
Item 11.	 	Executive Compensation	 	 	56	 	
Item 12.	 	Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters	 	 	56	 	
Item 13.	 	Certain Relationships and Related Transactions	 	 	57	 	
Item 14.	 	Principal Accountant Fees and Services	 	 	57	 	
PART IV	
Item 15.	 	Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules	 	 	58	 	
1 

INTRODUCTION 
      Certain statements in this report constitute “forward-looking statements” under Section 27A of the 1934 Act and Section 21E of the 1934 Act, and as such involve risk and uncertainties. These forward-looking statements relate to, among other things, expectations of the environment in which we operate, projections of future performance, perceived opportunities in the market and strategies regarding our mission and vision. Our actual results may differ significantly from the results discussed in such forward-looking statements. Factors that might cause such a difference include but are not limited to economic conditions, competition in the geographic and business areas in which we conduct our operations, fluctuations in interest rates, credit quality and government regulation. For additional information concerning these factors, see “Item 1. Business — Risk Factors that May Affect Future Results.” We do not undertake any obligations to update our forward-looking statements to reflect occurrence or unanticipated events or circumstances after the date of such statements. 
PART I 
		
Item 1.	Business	
Recent Developments 
      On February 25, 2005, we completed our acquisition of Granite State Bank. As a result of the acquisition, we have added 2 additional Business Financial Centers in Los Angeles County. At December 31, 2004, Granite State Bank had $108.1 million in assets, $63.9 million in net loans and $97.3 million in deposits. To complete the acquisition, we paid $13.3 million in cash and issued 708,554 shares of CVB Stock to the former Granite shareholders. 
CVB Financial Corp. 
      CVB Financial Corp. (referred to herein on an unconsolidated basis as “CVB” and on a consolidated basis as “we” or the “Company”) is a bank holding company incorporated in California on April 27, 1981 and registered under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (the “Bank Holding Company Act”). The Company commenced business on December 30, 1981 when, pursuant to reorganization, it acquired all of the voting stock of Chino Valley Bank. On March 29, 1996, Chino Valley Bank changed its name to Citizens Business Bank (the “Bank”). The Bank is our principal asset. CVB has other subsidiaries: Community Trust Deed Services (“Community”); CVB Ventures, Inc.; Chino Valley Bancorp and ONB Bancorp. CVB is also the common stockholder of CVB Statutory Trust I and CVB Statutory Trust II, which were created in December 2003 to issue trust preferred securities in order to raise capital for the Company. The Bank has one operating subsidiary, Golden West Enterprises, Inc, which engages in automobile and equipment leasing, and brokers mortgage loans. 
      CVB’s principal business is to serve as a holding company for the Bank, Community, and for other banking or banking related subsidiaries which the Company may establish or acquire. We have not engaged in any other activities to date. As a legal entity separate and distinct from its subsidiaries, CVB’s principal source of funds is, and will continue to be, dividends paid by and other funds advanced from primarily the Bank. Legal limitations are imposed on the amount of dividends that may be paid and loans that may be made by the Bank to CVB. See “Item 1. Business — Supervision and Regulation — Dividends and Other Transfers of Funds.” At December 31, 2004, the Company had $4.51 billion in total consolidated assets, $2.12 billion in net loans and $2.88 billion in deposits. 
      The principal executive offices of CVB and the Bank are located at 701 North Haven Avenue, Suite 350, Ontario, California. Our phone number is (909) 980-4030. 
Citizens Business Bank 
      The Bank commenced operations as a California state chartered bank on August 9, 1974. The Bank’s deposit accounts are insured under the Federal Deposit Insurance Act up to applicable limits. The Bank is not 
2 

a member of the Federal Reserve System. At December 31, 2004, the Bank had $4.50 billion in assets, $2.12 billion in net loans and $2.89 billion in deposits. 
      As of December 31, 2004, we had 37 Business Financial Centers located in the Inland Empire, San Gabriel Valley, Orange County, Los Angeles County, Fresno County, Tulare County, and Kern County areas of California. Of the 37 offices, we opened eleven as de novo branches and acquired the other twenty-six in acquisition transactions. We have added 5 offices in 2003; no offices were added in 2004. With the close of our acquisition of Granite State Bank which occurred on February 25, 2005, we will add two additional Business Financial Centers in Los Angeles County. See “Subsequent Event” under Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations. 
      Through our network of banking offices, we emphasize personalized service combined with a full range of banking and trust services for businesses, professionals and individuals located in the service areas of our offices. Although we focus the marketing of our services to small-and medium-sized businesses, a full range of retail banking services are made available to the local consumer market. 
      We offer a wide range of deposit instruments. These include checking, savings, money market and time certificates of deposit for both business and personal accounts. We also serve as a federal tax depository for our business customers. 
      We provide a full complement of lending products, including commercial, agribusiness, consumer, real estate loans and equipment and vehicle leasing. Commercial products include lines of credit and other working capital financing, accounts receivable lending and letters of credit. Agribusiness products are loans to finance the operating needs of wholesale dairy farm operations, cattle feeders, livestock raisers, and farmers. We provide lease financing for municipal governments. Financing products for consumers include automobile leasing and financing, lines of credit, and home improvement and home equity lines of credit. Real estate loans include mortgage and construction loans. 
      We also offer a wide range of specialized services designed for the needs of our commercial accounts. These services include cash management systems for monitoring cash flow, a credit card program for merchants, courier pick-up and delivery, payroll services, electronic funds transfers by way of domestic and international wires and automated clearinghouse, and on-line account access. We make available investment products to customers, including mutual funds, a full array of fixed income vehicles and a program to diversify our customers’ funds in federally insured time certificates of deposit of other institutions. 
      We offer a wide range of financial services and trust services through our Wealth Management Division. These services include fiduciary services, mutual funds, annuities, 401K plans and individual investment accounts. 
Golden West Enterprises, Inc. 
      The Bank owns 100% of the voting stock of Golden West Enterprises, Inc., which is located in Costa Mesa, California. Golden West Enterprises, Inc. provides automobile and equipment leasing, and brokers mortgage loans. As of December 31, 2004, Golden West Enterprises, Inc. had $52.8 million in lease receivables. 
Community Trust Deed Services 
      The Company owns 100% of the voting stock of Community, which has one office. Community’s services, which are provided to the Bank and non-affiliated persons, include preparing and filing notices of default, reconveyances and related documents and acting as a trustee under deeds of trust. At present, the assets, revenues and earnings of Community are not material in amount when compared to the Bank. 
Employees 
      At December 31, 2004, we employed 674 persons, 472 on a full-time and 202 on a part-time basis. We believe that our employee relations are satisfactory. 
3 

Competition 
      The banking and financial services industry is highly competitive. The increasingly competitive environment is a result primarily of changes in regulation, changes in technology and product delivery systems, and the accelerating pace of consolidation among financial services providers. We compete for loans, deposits, and customers with other commercial banks, savings and loan associations, securities and brokerage companies, mortgage companies, insurance companies, finance companies, money market funds, credit unions, and other nonbank financial service providers. Many of our competitors are much larger in total assets and capitalization, have greater access to capital markets and offer a broader range of financial services than we do. 
Economic Conditions, Government Policies, Legislation, and Regulation 
      Our profitability, like most financial institutions, is primarily dependent on interest rate differentials. In general, the difference between the interest rates paid by us on interest-bearing liabilities, such as deposits and other borrowings, and the interest rates received by us on our interest-earning assets, such as loans extended to its clients and securities held in its investment portfolio, comprise the major portion of our earnings. These rates are highly sensitive to many factors that are beyond our control, such as inflation, recession and unemployment, monetary and fiscal policy as described below, and the impact which future changes in domestic and foreign economic conditions might have on us cannot be predicted. 
      Our business is also influenced by the monetary and fiscal policies of the federal government and the policies of regulatory agencies, particularly the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “FRB”). The FRB implements national monetary policies (with objectives such as curbing inflation and combating recession) through its open-market operations in U.S. Government securities, by adjusting the required level of reserves for depository institutions subject to its reserve requirements, and by varying the target federal funds and discount rates applicable to borrowings by depository institutions. The actions of the FRB in these areas influence the growth of bank loans, investments, and deposits and also affect interest rates earned on interest-earning assets and paid on interest-bearing liabilities. The nature and impact on us of any future changes in monetary and fiscal policies cannot be predicted. 
      From time to time, legislation, as well as regulations, are enacted which have the effect of increasing the cost of doing business, limiting or expanding permissible activities, or affecting the competitive balance between banks and other financial services providers. Proposals to change the laws and regulations governing the operations and taxation of banks, bank holding companies, and other financial institutions and financial services providers are frequently made by the U.S. Congress, by the state legislature, and various regulatory agencies. This legislation may change banking statutes and our operating environment in substantial and unpredictable ways. If enacted, such legislation could increase or decrease the cost of doing business, limit or expand permissible activities or affect the competitive balance among banks, savings associations, credit unions, and other financial institutions. We cannot predict whether any of this potential legislation will be enacted, and if enacted, the effect that it, or any implementing regulations, would have on our financial condition or results of operations. 
Supervision and Regulation 
		
     	General	
      Bank holding companies and banks are extensively regulated under both federal and state law. This regulation is intended primarily for the protection of depositors and the deposit insurance fund and not for the benefit of our shareholders. Set forth below is a summary description of the material laws and regulations which relate to our operations. The description is qualified in its entirety by reference to the applicable laws and regulations. 
		
	CVB	
      As a bank holding company, we are subject to regulation and examination by the FRB under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (the “BHCA”). We are required to file with the FRB periodic 
4 

reports and such additional information as the FRB may require. Recent changes to the bank holding company rating system emphasize risk management and evaluation of the potential impact of non-depository entities on safety and soundness. 
      The FRB may require that we terminate an activity or terminate control of or liquidate or divest certain subsidiaries, affiliates or investments when the FRB believes the activity or the control of the subsidiary or affiliate constitutes a significant risk to the financial safety, soundness or stability of any of its banking subsidiaries. The FRB also has the authority to regulate provisions of certain bank holding company debt, including the authority to impose interest ceilings and reserve requirements on such debt. Under certain circumstances, we must file written notice and obtain FRB approval prior to purchasing or redeeming its equity securities. Further, we are required by the FRB to maintain certain levels of capital. See “— Capital Standards.” 
      We are required to obtain prior FRB approval for the acquisition of more than 5% of the outstanding shares of any class of voting securities or substantially all of the assets of any bank or bank holding company. Prior FRB approval is also required for the merger or consolidation of CVB and another bank holding company. 
      We are prohibited by the BHCA, except in certain statutorily prescribed instances, from acquiring direct or indirect ownership or control of more than 5% of the outstanding voting shares of any company that is not a bank or bank holding company and from engaging directly or indirectly in activities other than those of banking, managing or controlling banks, or furnishing services to its subsidiaries. However, subject to the prior FRB approval, we may engage in any, or acquire shares of companies engaged in, activities that the FRB deems to be so closely related to banking or managing or controlling banks as to be a proper incident thereto. 
      It is the policy of the FRB that each bank holding company serves as a source of financial and managerial strength to our subsidiary bank and may not conduct operations in an unsafe or unsound manner. In addition, it is the FRB’s policy that a bank holding company should stand ready to use available resources to provide adequate capital funds to its subsidiary bank during periods of financial stress or adversity and should maintain the financial flexibility and capital-raising capacity to obtain additional resources for assisting its subsidiary bank. A bank holding company’s failure to meet its obligations to serve as a source of strength to its subsidiary banks will generally be considered by the FRB to be an unsafe and unsound banking practice or a violation of FRB regulations or both. 
      We are also a bank holding company within the meaning of Section 3700 of the California Financial Code. As such, CVB and its subsidiaries are subject to examination by, and may be required to file reports with, the California Department of Financial Institutions (“DFI”). 
      Our securities are registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). As such, we are subject to the information, proxy solicitation, insider trading, corporate governance, and other requirements and restrictions of the Exchange Act. 
     The Bank 
      As a California chartered bank, the Bank is subject to primary supervision, periodic examination, and regulation by the DFI and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”), as well as certain regulations promulgated by the FRB. If, as a result of an examination of the bank, the FDIC or DFI determines that the financial condition, capital resources, asset quality, earnings prospects, management, liquidity, or other aspects of our operations are unsatisfactory or that we are violating or have violated any law or regulation, various remedies are available to the FDIC. Such remedies include the power to enjoin “unsafe or unsound” practices, to require affirmative action to correct any conditions resulting from any violation or practice, to issue an administrative order that can be judicially enforced, to direct an increase in capital, to restrict our growth, to assess civil monetary penalties, to remove officers and directors, and ultimately to terminate our deposit insurance, which would result in a revocation of the Bank’s charter. 
5 

      The DFI also possesses broad powers to take corrective and other supervisory actions to resolve the problems of California state-chartered banks. These enforcement powers include cease and desist orders, the imposition of fines, the ability to take possession of a bank and the ability to close and liquidate a bank. 
      Because California permits commercial banks chartered by the state to engage in any activity permissible for national banks, we can form subsidiaries to engage in expanded financial activities, to the same extent as a national bank. However, in order to form a financial subsidiary, we must be well capitalized and would be subject to the same capital deduction, risk management and affiliate transaction rules as applicable to national banks. Generally, a financial subsidiary is permitted to engage in activities that are “financial in nature” or incidental thereto, even though they are not permissible for the national bank itself. The definition of “financial in nature” includes, among other items, underwriting, dealing in or making a market in securities, including, for example, distributing shares of mutual funds. The subsidiary may not, however, engage as principal in underwriting insurance, issue annuities or engage in real estate development or investment or merchant banking. 
     The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 
      The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 addresses accounting oversight and corporate governance matters, including: 
			
 	• 	the prohibition of accounting firms from providing various types of consulting services to public clients and requiring accounting firms to rotate partners among public client assignments every five years;	
 		
 	• 	increased penalties for financial crimes and forfeiture of executive bonuses in certain circumstances;	
 		
 	• 	required executive certification of financial presentations;	
 		
 	• 	enhanced disclosure of controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting;	
 		
 	• 	increased requirements for board audit committees and their members;	
 		
 	• 	enhanced controls on, and reporting of, insider trading; and	
 		
 	• 	statutory separations between investment bankers and analysts.	
      The new legislation and its implementing regulations will result in increased costs of compliance, including certain outside professional costs. To date, these costs, including allocated time of our associates that were performing other tasks, is approximately $0.01 per share before taxes. 
		
	USA Patriot Act of 2001	
      The USA Patriot Act of 2001 and its implementing regulations significantly expanded the anti-money laundering and financial transparency laws. Under the USA PATRIOT Act, financial institutions are subject to prohibitions regarding specified financial transactions and account relationships as well as enhanced due diligence and “know your customer” standards in their dealings with foreign financial institutions and foreign customers. For example, the enhanced due diligence policies, procedures, and controls generally require financial institutions to take reasonable steps: 
			
 	• 	to conduct enhanced scrutiny of account relationships to guard against money laundering and report any suspicious transaction;	
 		
 	• 	to ascertain the identity of the nominal and beneficial owners of, and the source of funds deposited into, each account as needed to guard against money laundering and report any suspicious transactions;	
 		
 	• 	to ascertain for any foreign bank, the shares of which are not publicly traded, the identity of the owners of the foreign bank, and the nature and extent of the ownership interest of each such owner; and	
 		
 	• 	to ascertain whether any foreign bank provides correspondent accounts to other foreign banks and, if so, the identity of those foreign banks and related due diligence information.	
6 

Under the USA PATRIOT Act, financial institutions are required to establish and maintain anti-money laundering programs which included: 
			
 	• 	the establishment of a customer identification program;	
 		
 	• 	the development of internal policies, procedures, and controls;	
 		
 	• 	the designation of a compliance officer;	
 		
 	• 	an ongoing employee training program; and	
 		
 	• 	an independent audit function to test the programs.	
We have implemented comprehensive policies and procedures to address the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act. 
		
	Merchant Banking Restrictions	
      We have determined that it is not beneficial at this time for us to become a financial holding company and enter into merchant banking activities, though we could do so in the future. 
		
	Consumer Protection Laws and Regulations	
      The Bank regulatory agencies are focusing greater attention on compliance with consumer protection laws and their implementing regulations. Examination and enforcement have become more intense in nature, and insured institutions have been advised to monitor carefully compliance with such laws and regulations. The bank is subject to many federal consumer protection statutes and regulations, some of which are discussed below. 
      The Community Reinvestment Act (“CRA”) is intended to encourage insured depository institutions, while operating safely and soundly, to help meet the credit needs of their communities. The CRA specifically directs the federal regulatory agencies, in examining insured depository institutions, to assess a bank’s record of helping meet the credit needs of its entire community, including low- and moderate-income neighborhoods, consistent with safe and sound banking practices. The CRA further requires the agencies to take a financial institution’s record of meeting its community credit needs into account when evaluating applications for, among other things, domestic branches, mergers or acquisitions, or holding company formations. The agencies use the CRA assessment factors in order to provide a rating to the financial institution. The ratings range from a high of “outstanding” to a low of “substantial noncompliance.” In its last examination for CRA compliance, as of February 19, 2002, the Bank was rated “satisfactory.” 
      The Fair Credit Reporting Act, as amended by the Fair and Accurate Credit Transactions Act, or FACT, requires financial firms to help deter identity theft, including developing appropriate fraud response programs, and give consumers more control of their credit data. It also reauthorizes a federal ban on state laws that interfere with corporate credit granting and marketing practices. In connection with FACT, financial institution regulatory agencies proposed rules that would prohibit an institution from using certain information about a consumer it received from an affiliate to make a solicitation to the consumer, unless the consumer has been notified and given a chance to opt out of such solicitations. A consumer’s election to opt out would be applicable for at least five years. 
      The Check Clearing for the 21st Century Act, or Check 21, facilitates check truncation and electronic check exchange by authorizing a new negotiable instrument called a “substitute check,” which is the legal equivalent of an original check. Check 21, effective October 28, 2004, does not require banks to create substitute checks or accept checks electronically; however, it does require banks to accept a legally equivalent substitute check in place of an original. 
      The Equal Credit Opportunity Act, or ECOA, generally prohibits discrimination in any credit transaction, whether for consumer or business purposes, on the basis of race, color, religion, national origin, sex, marital status, age (except in limited circumstances), receipt of income from public assistance programs, or good faith exercise of any rights under the Consumer Credit Protection Act. 
7 

      The Truth in Lending Act, or TILA, is designed to ensure that credit terms are disclosed in a meaningful way so that consumers may compare credit terms more readily and knowledgeably. As a result of the TILA, all creditors must use the same credit terminology to express rates and payments, including the annual percentage rate, the finance charge, the amount financed, the total of payments and the payment schedule, among other things. 
      The Fair Housing Act, or FH Act, regulates many practices, including making it unlawful for any lender to discriminate in its housing-related lending activities against any person because of race, color, religion, national origin, sex, handicap or familial status. A number of lending practices have been found by the courts to be, or may be considered, illegal under the FH Act, including some that are not specifically mentioned in the FH Act itself. 
      The Home Mortgage Disclosure Act, or HMDA, grew out of public concern over credit shortages in certain urban neighborhoods and provides public information that will help show whether financial institutions are serving the housing credit needs of the neighborhoods and communities in which they are located. The HMDA also includes a “fair lending” aspect that requires the collection and disclosure of data about applicant and borrower characteristics as a way of identifying possible discriminatory lending patterns and enforcing anti-discrimination statutes. 
      The term “predatory lending,” much like the terms “safety and soundness” and “unfair and deceptive practices,” is far-reaching and covers a potentially broad range of behavior. As such, it does not lend itself to a concise or a comprehensive definition. But typically predatory lending involves at least one, and perhaps all three, of the following elements: 
			
 	• 	making unaffordable loans based on the assets of the borrower rather than on the borrower’s ability to repay an obligation (“asset-based lending”)	
 		
 	• 	inducing a borrower to refinance a loan repeatedly in order to charge high points and fees each time the loan is refinanced (“loan flipping”)	
 		
 	• 	engaging in fraud or deception to conceal the true nature of the loan obligation from an unsuspecting or unsophisticated borrower.	
      FRB regulations aimed at curbing such lending significantly widen the pool of high-cost home-secured loans covered by the Home Ownership and Equity Protection Act of 1994, a federal law that requires extra disclosures and consumer protections to borrowers. Lenders that violate the rules face cancellation of loans and penalties equal to the finance charges paid. 
      Finally, the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act, or RESPA, requires lenders to provide borrowers with disclosures regarding the nature and cost of real estate settlements. Also, RESPA prohibits certain abusive practices, such as kickbacks, and places limitations on the amount of escrow accounts. Penalties under the above laws may include fines, reimbursements and other penalties. Due to heightened regulatory concern related to compliance with the CRA, TILA, FH Act, ECOA, HMDA and RESPA generally, the bank may incur additional compliance costs or be required to expend additional funds for investments in its local community. 
		
	Privacy	
      Federal banking rules limit the ability of banks and other financial institutions to disclose non-public information about consumers to nonaffiliated third parties. Pursuant to these rules, financial institutions must provide: 
			
 	• 	initial notices to customers about their privacy policies, describing the conditions under which they may disclose nonpublic personal information to nonaffiliated third parties and affiliates;	
 		
 	• 	annual notices of their privacy policies to current customers; and	
 		
 	• 	a reasonable method for customers to “opt out” of disclosures to nonaffiliated third parties.	
8 

      These privacy provisions affect how consumer information is transmitted through diversified financial companies and conveyed to outside vendors. We have implemented our privacy policies in accordance with the law. 
      In recent years, a number of states have implemented their own versions of privacy laws. For example, in 2004, California adopted standards that are tougher than federal law, allowing bank customers the opportunity to bar financial companies from sharing information with their affiliates. As a California charted bank, we are required to follow these more restrictive standards. 
		
	Interagency Guidance on Response Programs to Protect Against Identity Theft	
      On August 12, 2004, the Federal bank and thrift regulatory agencies requested public comment on proposed guidance that would require financial institutions to develop programs to respond to incidents of unauthorized access to customer information, including procedures for notifying customers under certain circumstances. The proposed guidance: 
			
 	• 	interprets previously issued interagency customer information security guidelines that require financial institutions to implement information security programs designed to protect their customers’ information; and	
 		
 	• 	describes the components of a response program and sets a standard for providing notice to customers affected by unauthorized access to or use of customer information that could result in substantial harm or inconvenience to those customers, thereby reducing the risk of losses due to fraud or identity theft.	
      We are not able at this time to determine the impact of any such proposed guidance on our financial condition or results of operation. 
		
	Dividends and Other Transfers of Funds	
      Dividends from the Bank constitute the principal source of income to CVB. CVB is a legal entity separate and distinct from the Bank. A FRB policy statement on the payment of cash dividends states that a bank holding company should pay cash dividends only to the extent that the holding company’s net income for the past year is sufficient to cover both the cash dividends and a rate of earnings retention that is consistent with the holding company’s capital needs, asset quality and overall financial condition. The FRB also indicated that it would be inappropriate for a company experiencing serious financial problems to borrow funds to pay dividends. Furthermore, under the federal prompt corrective action regulations, the FRB may prohibit a bank holding company from paying any dividends if the holding company’s bank subsidiary is classified as “undercapitalized.” See “Prompt Corrective Action and Other Enforcement Mechanisms” below. 
      The Bank is subject to various statutory and regulatory restrictions on its ability to pay dividends to CVB. Under such restrictions, the amount available for payment of dividends to CVB by the Bank totaled $75.0 million at December 31, 2004. In addition, the Bank’s regulators have the authority to prohibit the Bank from paying dividends, depending upon the Bank’s financial condition, if such payment is deemed to constitute an unsafe or unsound practice. 
		
	Extension of Credit to Insiders and Transactions with Affiliates	
      The Federal Reserve Act and FRB Regulation O place limitations and conditions on loans or extensions of credit to: 
			
 	• 	a bank’s or bank holding company’s executive officers, directors and principal shareholders (i.e., in most cases, those persons who own, control or have power to vote more than 10% of any class of voting securities),	
 		
 	• 	any company controlled by any such executive officer, director or shareholder, or	
 		
 	• 	any political or campaign committee controlled by such executive officer, director or principal shareholder.	
9 

      Loans and leases extended to any of the above persons must comply with loan-to-one-borrower limits, require prior full board approval when aggregate extensions of credit to the person exceed specified amounts, must be made on substantially the same terms (including interest rates and collateral) as, and follow credit-underwriting procedures that are not less stringent than, those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with non-insiders, and must not involve more than the normal risk of repayment or present other unfavorable features. In addition, Regulation O provides that the aggregate limit on extensions of credit to all insiders of a bank as a group cannot exceed the bank’s unimpaired capital and unimpaired surplus. Regulation O also prohibits a bank from paying an overdraft on an account of an executive officer or director, except pursuant to a written pre-authorized interest-bearing extension of credit plan that specifies a method of repayment or a written pre-authorized transfer of funds from another account of the officer or director at the bank. 
      The Bank is subject to certain restrictions imposed by federal law on any extensions of credit to, or the issuance of a guarantee or letter of credit on behalf of, CVB and other affiliates, the purchase of, or investments in, stock or other securities thereof, the taking of such securities as collateral for loans, and the purchase of assets of CVB and other affiliates. Such restrictions prevent CVB and other affiliates from borrowing from the Bank unless the loans are secured by marketable obligations of designated amounts. Further, such secured loans and investments by the Bank to or in CVB or to or in any other affiliates are limited, individually, to 10.0% of the Bank’s capital and surplus (as defined by federal regulations), and such secured loans and investments are limited, in the aggregate, to 20.0% of our capital and surplus. Some of the entities included in the definition of an affiliate are parent companies, sister banks, sponsored and advised companies, investment companies whereby the bank’s affiliate serves as investment advisor, and financial subsidiaries of the bank. Additional restrictions on transactions with affiliates may be imposed on us under the prompt corrective action provisions of federal law. See “— Prompt Corrective Action and Other Enforcement Mechanisms.” 
		
	Capital Standards	
      The federal banking agencies have adopted risk-based minimum capital guidelines intended to provide a measure of capital that reflects the degree of risk associated with a banking organization’s operations for both transactions reported on the balance sheet as assets and transactions which are recorded as off-balance sheet items. Under these guidelines, nominal dollar amounts of assets and credit equivalent amounts of off-balance sheet items are multiplied by one of several risk adjustment percentages, which range from 0% for assets with low credit risk federal banking agencies, to 100% for assets with relatively high credit risk. 
      The risk-based capital ratio is determined by classifying assets and certain off-balance sheet financial instruments into weighted categories, with higher levels of capital being required for those categories perceived as representing greater risk. Under the capital guidelines, a banking organization’s total capital is divided into tiers. “Tier I capital” consists of (1) common equity, (2) qualifying noncumulative perpetual preferred stock, (3) a limited amount of qualifying cumulative perpetual preferred stock and (4) minority interests in the equity accounts of consolidated subsidiaries (including trust-preferred securities), less goodwill and certain other intangible assets. Not more than 25% of qualifying Tier I capital may consist of trust-preferred securities. “Tier II capital” consists of hybrid capital instruments, perpetual debt, mandatory convertible debt securities, a limited amount of subordinated debt, preferred stock that does not qualify as Tier I capital, a limited amount of the allowance for loan and lease losses and a limited amount of unrealized holding gains on equity securities. “Tier III capital” consists of qualifying unsecured subordinated debt. The sum of Tier II and Tier III capital may not exceed the amount of Tier I capital. 
      The guidelines require a minimum ratio of qualifying total capital to risk-adjusted assets of 8% and a minimum ratio of Tier I capital to risk-adjusted assets of 4%. In addition to the risk-based guidelines, federal banking regulators require banking organizations to maintain a minimum amount of Tier I capital to total assets, referred to as the leverage ratio. For a banking organization rated in the highest of the five categories used by regulators to rate banking organizations, the minimum leverage ratio of Tier I capital to total assets must be 3%. In addition to these uniform risk-based capital guidelines and leverage ratios that apply across the industry, the regulators have the discretion to set individual minimum capital requirements for specific 
10 

institutions at rates significantly above the minimum guidelines and ratios. A bank that does not achieve and maintain the required capital levels may be issued a capital directive, by the FDIC, to ensure the maintenance of required capital levels. 
      The following table presents the amounts of regulatory capital and the capital ratios for the Company, compared to its minimum regulatory capital requirements as of December 31, 2004: 
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	As of December 31, 2004		
 	 	 		
 	 	Actual		 	Required		 	Excess		
 	 	 		 	 		 	 		
 	 	Amount		 	Ratio		 	Amount		 	Ratio		 	Amount		 	Ratio		
 	 	 		 	 		 	 		 	 		 	 		 	 		
 	 	(Amounts in thousands)		
Leverage ratio	 	$	362,804	 	 	 	8.3	%	 	$	174,845	 	 	 	4.0	%	 	$	187,959	 	 	 	4.3	%	
Tier 1 risk-based ratio	 	 	362,804	 	 	 	12.6	%	 	 	115,359	 	 	 	4.0	%	 	 	247,445	 	 	 	8.6	%	
Total risk-based ratio	 	 	387,031	 	 	 	13.4	%	 	 	230,718	 	 	 	8.0	%	 	 	156,313	 	 	 	5.4	%	
      The following table presents the amounts of regulatory capital and the capital ratios for the Bank, compared to its minimum regulatory capital requirements as of December 31, 2004: 
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	As of December 31, 2004		
 	 	 		
 	 	Actual		 	Required		 	Excess		
 	 	 		 	 		 	 		
 	 	Amount		 	Ratio		 	Amount		 	Ratio		 	Amount		 	Ratio		
 	 	 		 	 		 	 		 	 		 	 		 	 		
 	 	(Amounts in thousands)		
Leverage ratio	 	$	341,433	 	 	 	7.8	%	 	$	174,423	 	 	 	4.0	%	 	$	167,010	 	 	 	3.8	%	
Tier 1 risk-based ratio	 	 	341,433	 	 	 	11.9	%	 	 	114,864	 	 	 	4.0	%	 	 	226,569	 	 	 	7.9	%	
Total risk-based ratio	 	 	365,660	 	 	 	12.7	%	 	 	229,793	 	 	 	8.0	%	 	 	135,867	 	 	 	4.7	%	
      In addition, federal banking regulators may set capital requirements higher than the minimums described above for financial institutions whose circumstances warrant it. For example, a financial institution experiencing or anticipating significant growth may be expected to maintain capital positions substantially above the minimum supervisory levels without significant reliance on intangible assets. 
      On March 2, 2005, the FRB adopted a final rule that retains trust preferred securities in the tier 1 capital of bank holding companies, but with stricter quantitative limits and clearer qualitative standards. Under the rule, after a five year transition period, the aggregate amount of trust preferred securities and certain other capital elements will be limited to 25 percent of tier 1 capital elements, net of goodwill, less any associated deferred tax liability. The amount of trust preferred securities and certain other elements in excess of the limit could be included in tier 2 capital, subject to restrictions. Internationally active bank holding companies would generally be expected to limit trust preferred securities and certain other capital elements to 15 percent of tier 1 capital elements, net of goodwill less any associated deferred tax liability. In the last five years before maturity, the outstanding amount must be excluded from tier 1 capital and included in tier 2 capital. We are currently evaluating this new regulation, but do not expect this rule to have a materially adverse effect on our capital positions. 
		
	Prompt Corrective Action and Other Enforcement Mechanisms	
      Federal banking agencies possess broad powers to take corrective and other supervisory action to resolve the problems of insured depository institutions, including but not limited to those institutions that fall below one or more prescribed minimum capital ratios. Each federal banking agency has promulgated regulations defining the following five categories in which an insured depository institution will be placed, based on its capital ratios: well capitalized, adequately capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized, and critically undercapitalized. At December 31, 2004, both the Bank and CVB exceeded the required ratios for classification as “well capitalized.” 
      An institution that, based upon its capital levels, is classified as well capitalized, adequately capitalized, or undercapitalized may be treated as though it were in the next lower capital category if the appropriate federal banking agency, after notice and opportunity for hearing, determines that an unsafe or unsound condition or an unsafe or unsound practice warrants such treatment. At each successive lower capital category, an insured 
11 

depository institution is subject to more restrictions. The federal banking agencies, however, may not treat a significantly undercapitalized institution as critically undercapitalized unless its capital ratio actually warrants such treatment. 
      In addition to measures taken under the prompt corrective action provisions, commercial banking organizations may be subject to potential enforcement actions by the federal regulators for unsafe or unsound practices in conducting their businesses or for violations of any law, rule, regulation, or any condition imposed in writing by the agency or any written agreement with the agency. Finally, pursuant to an interagency agreement, the FDIC can examine any institution that has a substandard regulatory examination score or is considered undercapitalized — without the express permission of the institution’s primary regulator. 
		
	Safety and Soundness Standards	
      The federal banking agencies have adopted guidelines designed to assist the federal banking agencies in identifying and addressing potential safety and soundness concerns before capital becomes impaired. The guidelines set forth operational and managerial standards relating to: (i) internal controls, information systems and internal audit systems, (ii) loan documentation, (iii) credit underwriting, (iv) asset growth, (v) earnings, and (vi) compensation, fees and benefits. In addition, the federal banking agencies have also adopted safety and soundness guidelines with respect to asset quality and earnings standards. These guidelines provide six standards for establishing and maintaining a system to identify problem assets and prevent those assets from deteriorating. Under these standards, an insured depository institution should: (i) conduct periodic asset quality reviews to identify problem assets, (ii) estimate the inherent losses in problem assets and establish reserves that are sufficient to absorb estimated losses, (iii) compare problem asset totals to capital, (iv) take appropriate corrective action to resolve problem assets, (v) consider the size and potential risks of material asset concentrations, and (vi) provide periodic asset quality reports with adequate information for management and the Board of Directors to assess the level of asset risk. These new guidelines also set forth standards for evaluating and monitoring earnings and for ensuring that earnings are sufficient for the maintenance of adequate capital and reserves. 
		
	Premiums for Deposit Insurance	
      Through the Bank Insurance Fund (“BIF”), the FDIC insures the deposits of the Bank up to prescribed limits for each depositor. The amount of FDIC assessments paid by each BIF member institution is based on its relative risk of default as measured by regulatory capital ratios and other factors. Specifically, the assessment rate is based on the institution’s capitalization risk category and supervisory subgroup category. An institution’s capitalization risk category is based on the FDIC’s determination of whether the institution is well capitalized, adequately capitalized or less than adequately capitalized. An institution’s supervisory subgroup category is based on the FDIC’s assessment of the financial condition of the institution and the probability that FDIC intervention or other corrective action will be required. 
      FDIC-insured depository institutions pay an assessment rate equal to the rate assessed on deposits insured by the Savings Association Insurance Fund (“SAIF”). The assessment rate currently ranges from zero to 27 cents per $100 of domestic deposits. The FDIC may increase or decrease the assessment rate schedule on a semi-annual basis. Due to continued growth in deposits and some recent bank failures, the BIF is nearing its minimum ratio of 1.25% of insured deposits as mandated by law. If the ratio drops below 1.25%, it is likely the FDIC will be required to assess premiums on all banks. Any increase in assessments or the assessment rate could have a material adverse effect on the company’s earnings, depending on the amount of the increase. Furthermore, the FDIC is authorized to raise insurance premiums under certain circumstances. 
      The FDIC is authorized to terminate a depository institution’s deposit insurance upon a finding by the FDIC that the institution’s financial condition is unsafe or unsound or that the institution has engaged in unsafe or unsound practices or has violated any applicable rule, regulation, order or condition enacted or imposed by the institution’s regulatory agency. The termination of deposit insurance for the Company’s subsidiary depository institutions could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s earnings. 
12 

      All FDIC-insured depository institutions must pay an annual assessment to provide funds for the payment of interest on bonds issued by the Financing Corporation, a federal corporation chartered under the authority of the Federal Housing Finance Board. The bonds, commonly referred to as FICO bonds, were issued to capitalize the Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation. The FDIC established the FICO assessment rates effective for the first half of 2005 at approximately $1.54 cents for each $100 of assessable deposits. The FICO assessments are adjusted quarterly to reflect changes in the assessment bases of the FDIC’s insurance funds and do not vary depending on a depository institution’s capitalization or supervisory evaluations. 
		
	Interstate Banking and Branching	
      Banks have the ability, subject to certain State restrictions, to acquire by acquisition or merger branches outside their home state. The establishment of new interstate branches is also possible in those states with laws that expressly permit it. Interstate branches are subject to certain laws of the states in which they are located. Competition may increase further as banks branch across state lines and enter new markets. 
		
	Federal Home Loan Bank System	
      The Bank is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco. Among other benefits, each FHLB serves as a reserve or central bank for its members within its assigned region. Each FHLB is financed primarily from the sale of consolidated obligations of the FHLB system. Each FHLB makes available loans or advances to its members in compliance with the policies and procedures established by the Board of Directors of the individual FHLB. As an FHLB member, we are required to own capital stock in the FHLB in an amount equal to the greater of: 
			
 	• 	1% of its aggregate outstanding principal amount of its residential mortgage loans, home purchase contracts and similar obligations at the beginning of each calendar year; or	
 		
 	• 	5% of its FHLB advances or borrowings.	
      At December 31, 2004, we were in compliance with the stock requirements. 
		
	Federal Reserve System	
      The Federal Reserve Board requires all depository institutions to maintain non-interest bearing reserves at specified levels against their transaction accounts (primarily checking, NOW, and Super NOW checking accounts) and non-personal time deposits. At December 31, 2004, we were in compliance with these requirements. 
		
	Non-bank Subsidiaries	
      The Company’s non-bank subsidiaries also are subject to regulation by the FRB and other applicable federal and state agencies. Other non-bank subsidiaries of the Company are subject to the laws and regulations of both the federal government and the various states in which they conduct business. 
Risk Factors That May Affect Future Results 
      In addition to other information contained in this report, the following discusses certain factors which may adversely affect our business’ financial results and operations and should be considered in evaluating the Company. 
      Our Southern California business focus and economic conditions in Southern California could adversely affect our operations. Our operations are located in San Bernardino County, Riverside County, Orange County, Fresno County, Tulare County, Kern County, and the eastern portion of Los Angeles County in Southern California. As a result of this geographic concentration, our results depend largely upon economic conditions in these areas. A deterioration in economic conditions or a natural or manmade disaster in our 
13 

market area or in California generally could have a material adverse impact on the quality of our loan portfolio, the demand for our products and services, and our financial condition and results of operations. 
      Changes in market interest rates could adversely affect our earnings. Our earnings are impacted by changing interest rates. Changes in interest rates impact the level of loans, deposits and investments, the credit profile of existing loans and the rates received on loans and securities and the rates paid on deposits and borrowings. Significant fluctuations in interest rates may have a material adverse affect on our financial condition and results of operations. 
      We are subject to government regulations that could limit or restrict our activities, which in turn could adversely impact our operations. The financial services industry is subject to extensive federal and state supervision and regulation. Significant new laws or changes in existing laws, or repeals of existing laws may cause our results to differ materially. Further, federal monetary policy, particularly as implemented through the Federal Reserve System, significantly affects credit conditions for us and a material change in these conditions could have a material adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations. 
      Competition may adversely affect our performance. The banking and financial services businesses in our market areas are highly competitive. We face competition in attracting deposits and in making loans. The increasingly competitive environment is a result of changes in regulation, changes in technology and product delivery systems, and the accelerating pace of consolidation among financial services providers. The results of the Company in the future may differ depending the nature or level of competition. 
      If a significant number of borrowers, guarantors and related parties fail to perform as required by the terms of their loans, we will sustain losses. A significant source of risk arises from the possibility that losses will be sustained because borrowers, guarantors and related parties may fail to perform in accordance with the terms of their loans. We have adopted underwriting and credit monitoring procedures and credit policies, including the establishment and review of the allowance for credit losses, that management believes are appropriate to minimize this risk by assessing the likelihood of nonperformance, tracking loan performance and diversifying our credit portfolio. These policies and procedures, however, may not prevent unexpected losses that could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. 
      We may face other risks. From time to time, we detail other risks with respect to our business and/or financial results in our filings with the Commission. 
Available Information 
      Reports filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) including our proxy statements, annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and current reports on Form 8-K. These reports and other information on file can be inspected and copied at the public reference facilities of the Commission on file at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington D.C., 20549. The public may obtain information on the operation of the public reference room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The Commission maintains a Web Site that contains the reports, proxy and information statements and other information we file with them. The address of the site is http://www.sec.gov. The Company also maintains an Internet website at http://www.cbbank.com. We make available, free of charge through our website, our Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, and current Report on Form 8-K, and any amendment there to, as soon as reasonably practicable after the Company files such reports with the SEC. None of the information contained in or hyperlinked from our website is incorporated into this Form 10-K. 
		
Item 2.	Properties	
      The principal executive offices of the Company and the Bank are located at 701 North Haven Avenue, Suite 350, Ontario, California, which is owned by the Company. The office of Community is located at 125 East “H” Street, Colton, California, which is leased through our Colton Business Financial center, which is owned by the Bank. The office of Golden West Enterprises, Inc. is located at 3130 Harbor Boulevard, Costa Mesa, California, which is leased from an unaffiliated third party with a lease term of three years and can exercise an option that could extend the lease through 2010. 
14 

      At December 31, 2004, the Bank occupied the premises for twenty-nine of its offices under leases expiring at various dates from 2004 through 2015, at which time we can exercise options that could extend certain leases through 2027. We own the premises for nine of our offices, including our data center. With the addition of the two offices from the acquisition of Granite State Bank, we will have thirty offices under lease and ten offices that we own. 
		
Item 3.	Legal Proceedings	
      From time to time the Company and the Bank are parties to claims and legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business. After taking into consideration information furnished by counsel, we believe that the ultimate aggregate liability represented thereby, if any, will not have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial position or results of operations. 
      In early 2004, we suffered a break-in at one of our business financial centers. The break-in resulted in a loss to our customers of items located in their safe deposit boxes. We had been compensating our customers for their losses with the acknowledgement of our insurance company that they were not confirming or denying coverage to us under our insurance policies. In early fall, the insurance company ceased approving claims. Over the last quarter of 2004, it became apparent to us that the insurance company would deny coverage of our claims. Therefore, we decided to reserve $2.2 million as an estimate of the claims yet to be paid. We are currently determining what legal action to take against the insurance company. 
		
Item 4.	Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders	
      No matters were submitted to shareholders during the fourth quarter of 2004. 
		
Item 4(a).     	Executive Officers of the Registrant	
      As of March 11, 2005, the executive officers of the Company and the Bank are: 
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Name	 	Position	 	Age		
 	 	 	 	 		
D. Linn Wiley	 	President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company and the Bank	 	 	66	 	
Frank Basirico	 	Executive Vice President/Credit Management Division of the Bank	 	 	50	 	
Edward J. Biebrich Jr. 	 	Chief Financial Officer of the Company and Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Bank	 	 	61	 	
Jay W. Coleman	 	Executive Vice President/Sales and Service Division of the Bank	 	 	62	 	
Edwin Pomplun	 	Executive Vice President/Wealth Management Division of the Bank	 	 	58	 	
      Mr. Wiley has served as President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company since October 1991. Mr. Wiley joined the Company and Bank as a director and as President & Chief Executive Officer designate on August 21, 1991. Prior to that, Mr. Wiley served as an Executive Vice President of Wells Fargo Bank from April 1, 1990 to August 20, 1991. From 1988 to April 1, 1990 Mr. Wiley served as the President and Chief Administrative Officer of Central Pacific Corporation, and from 1983 to 1990 he was the President and Chief Executive Officer of American National Bank. 
      Mr. Basirico has served as Executive Vice President and Senior Loan Officer of the Bank since October 1996. From March 1993 to October 1996, he served as Credit Administrator of the Bank. Prior to that time he was Executive Vice President, senior loan officer at Fontana First National Bank from 1991. Between 1985 and 1990 he served as Executive Vice President, senior loan officer at the Bank of Hemet. 
      Mr. Biebrich assumed the position of Chief Financial Officer of the Company and Executive Vice President/ Chief Financial Officer of the Bank on February 2, 1998. From 1983 to 1990, he served as Chief Financial Officer for Central Pacific Corporation and Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and 
15 

Manager of the Finance and Operations Division for American National Bank. From 1990 to 1992, he was Vice President of Operations for Systematics Financial Services Inc. From 1992 to 1998, he served as Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer of ARB, Inc. 
      Mr. Coleman assumed the position of Executive Vice President of the Bank on December 5, 1988. Prior to that he served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Southland Bank, N.A. from March 1983 to April 1988. 
      Mr. Pomplun has served as Executive Vice President and Division Manager of the Wealth Management Division since March 29, 1996. From February 1994 to March 29, 1996 he held that position for Citizens Bank of Pasadena. From June 1988 through February 1994, Mr. Pomplun served as Executive Vice President and Division Manager of the Trust Division for First National Bank in San Diego. Between 1984 and 1988, he served as Vice President for Bank of America’s Trust Division. 
16 

PART II 
		
Item 5.	Market for the Registrant’s Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities	
      Our common stock is traded on the Nasdaq National Market under the symbol “CVBF.” The following table presents the high and low closing sales prices and dividend information for our common stock during each quarter for the past two years. The share prices for all periods have been restated to give retroactive effect, as applicable, to the 5-for-4 stock split declared in December 2004, which became effective December 29, 2004, to the ten percent stock dividend declared in December 2003, which became effective January 2, 2004, and the 5-for-4 stock split declared in December 2002, which became effective January  3, 2003. Cash dividends per share are not adjusted for these stock dividends and splits. The Company had approximately 1,700 shareholders of record as of January 5, 2005. 
Two Year Summary of Common Stock Prices 
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Quarter	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Ended	 	High	 	Low		 	Dividends	
 	 	 	 	 		 	 	
 	3/31/2003	 	$18.49	 	$	14.09	 	 	$0.12 Cash Dividend	
 	6/30/2003	 	$16.07	 	$	14.07	 	 	$0.12 Cash Dividend	
 	9/30/2003	 	$15.69	 	$	13.35	 	 	$0.12 Cash Dividend	
12/31/2003	 	$15.87	 	$	13.94	 	 	$0.12 Cash Dividend
10% Stock Dividend	
 	3/31/2004	 	$17.04	 	$	15.13	 	 	$0.12 Cash Dividend	
 	6/30/2004	 	$17.56	 	$	15.72	 	 	$0.12 Cash Dividend	
 	9/30/2004	 	$18.70	 	$	16.16	 	 	$0.13 Cash Dividend	
12/31/2004	 	$22.34	 	$	17.80	 	 	$0.11 Cash Dividend
5-for-4 Stock Split	
      For information on the ability of the Bank to pay dividends and make loans to the Company, see “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Liquidity Risk”. 
      In October 2001, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to 2.0 million shares (without adjustment for stock dividends and splits) of our common stock. During 2004, 2003 and 2002, we repurchased 99,504, 349,300, and 100,000 shares of common stock under this repurchase plan, for the total price of $2.0 million, $7.1 million, and $2.1 million respectively. As of December 31, 2004, 1,451,196 shares are available to be repurchased in the future under this repurchase plan. There were no repurchases made during any month of the fourth quarter of 2004. 
17 

		
Item 6.	Selected Financial Data	
      The following table reflects selected financial information at and for the five years ended December 31, 2004. 
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	At December 31,		
 	 	 		
 	 	2004		 	2003		 	2002		 	2001		 	2000		
 	 	 		 	 		 	 		 	 		 	 		
 	 	(Amounts and numbers in thousands except per share amounts)		
Net Interest Income	 	$	151,185	 	 	$	129,293	 	 	$	113,884	 	 	$	103,071	 	 	$	94,129	 	
Provision for Credit Losses	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	1,750	 	 	 	2,800	 	
Other Operating Income	 	 	27,907	 	 	 	29,989	 	 	 	29,018	 	 	 	22,192	 	 	 	19,023	 	
Other Operating Expenses	 	 	89,722	 	 	 	77,794	 	 	 	66,056	 	 	 	60,155	 	 	 	56,367	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Earnings Before Income Taxes	 	 	89,370	 	 	 	81,488	 	 	 	76,846	 	 	 	63,358	 	 	 	53,985	 	
Income Taxes	 	 	27,884	 	 	 	28,656	 	 	 	27,101	 	 	 	23,300	 	 	 	19,302	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
NET EARNINGS	 	$	61,486	 	 	$	52,832	 	 	$	49,745	 	 	$	40,058	 	 	$	34,683	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Basic Earnings Per Common Share(1)	 	$	1.02	 	 	$	0.88	 	 	$	0.83	 	 	$	0.67	 	 	$	0.59	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Diluted Earnings Per Common Share(1)	 	$	1.00	 	 	$	0.86	 	 	$	0.81	 	 	$	0.66	 	 	$	0.57	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Cash Dividends Declared Per Common Share	 	$	0.48	 	 	$	0.48	 	 	$	0.54	 	 	$	0.56	 	 	$	0.45	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Cash Dividends paid	 	 	23,821	 	 	 	21,638	 	 	 	20,800	 	 	 	15,585	 	 	 	12,390	 	
Dividend Pay-Out Ratio(3)	 	 	38.74	%	 	 	40.96	%	 	 	41.81	%	 	 	38.91	%	 	 	35.72	%	
Financial Position:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Assets	 	$	4,511,011	 	 	$	3,854,349	 	 	$	3,123,411	 	 	$	2,514,102	 	 	$	2,307,996	 	
 	Net Loans	 	 	2,117,580	 	 	 	1,738,659	 	 	 	1,424,343	 	 	 	1,167,071	 	 	 	1,032,341	 	
 	Deposits	 	 	2,875,039	 	 	 	2,660,510	 	 	 	2,309,964	 	 	 	1,876,959	 	 	 	1,595,030	 	
 	Long-Term Borrowings	 	 	830,000	 	 	 	381,000	 	 	 	272,000	 	 	 	325,000	 	 	 	25,000	 	
 	Junior Subordinated debentures	 	 	82,746	 	 	 	82,476	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	
 	Stockholders’ Equity	 	 	317,483	 	 	 	286,721	 	 	 	259,821	 	 	 	220,748	 	 	 	188,630	 	
 	Book Value Per Share(1)	 	 	5.23	 	 	 	4.75	 	 	 	4.34	 	 	 	3.70	 	 	 	3.15	 	
 	Equity-to-Assets Ratio(2)	 	 	7.04	%	 	 	7.44	%	 	 	8.32	%	 	 	8.78	%	 	 	8.17	%	
Financial Performance:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Return on:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Beginning Equity	 	 	21.44	%	 	 	20.33	%	 	 	22.53	%	 	 	21.24	%	 	 	24.64	%	
 	 	Average Equity	 	 	20.33	%	 	 	19.17	%	 	 	20.45	%	 	 	19.17	%	 	 	21.96	%	
 	 	Average Assets	 	 	1.47	%	 	 	1.54	%	 	 	1.83	%	 	 	1.72	%	 	 	1.67	%	
Credit Quality:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Allowance for Credit Losses	 	$	22,494	 	 	$	21,282	 	 	$	21,666	 	 	$	20,469	 	 	$	19,152	 	
 	Allowance/ Total Loans	 	 	1.05	%	 	 	1.21	%	 	 	1.50	%	 	 	1.72	%	 	 	1.82	%	
 	Total Non Performing Loans	 	$	2	 	 	$	548	 	 	$	824	 	 	$	1,578	 	 	$	966	 	
 	Non Performing Loans/ Total Loans	 	 	0.00	%	 	 	0.03	%	 	 	0.06	%	 	 	0.13	%	 	 	0.09	%	
 	Allowance/ Non Performing Loans	 	 	1,124,698	%	 	 	3,884	%	 	 	2,629	%	 	 	1,297	%	 	 	1,983	%	
 	Net (Recoveries)/ Charge-offs	 	$	(1,212	)	 	$	1,418	 	 	$	1,128	 	 	$	433	 	 	$	409	 	
 	Net (Recoveries)/ Charge-Offs/ Average Loans	 	 	-0.06	%	 	 	0.09	%	 	 	0.09	%	 	 	0.04	%	 	 	0.04	%	
Regulatory Capital Ratios For the Company:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Leverage Ratio	 	 	8.3	%	 	 	8.6	%	 	 	7.6	%	 	 	8.6	%	 	 	8.5	%	
 	Tier 1 Capital	 	 	12.6	%	 	 	13.2	%	 	 	10.2	%	 	 	12.0	%	 	 	13.2	%	
 	Total Capital	 	 	13.4	%	 	 	14.5	%	 	 	11.2	%	 	 	13.2	%	 	 	14.4	%	
For the Bank:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Leverage Ratio	 	 	7.8	%	 	 	8.6	%	 	 	7.6	%	 	 	8.6	%	 	 	8.5	%	
 	Tier 1 Capital	 	 	11.9	%	 	 	13.2	%	 	 	10.2	%	 	 	12.0	%	 	 	13.2	%	
 	Total Capital	 	 	12.7	%	 	 	14.2	%	 	 	11.3	%	 	 	13.2	%	 	 	14.5	%	

(1) 	All earnings per share information has been retroactively adjusted to reflect the 5-for-4 stock split declared December 15, 2004, which became effective December 29, 2004, the 10% stock dividend	
18 

		
	declared December 17, 2003 and paid January 2, 2004, the 5-for-4 stock split declared December 18, 2002, which became effective January 3, 2003, the 5-for-4 stock split declared December 19, 2001, which became effective January 4, 2002, and the 10% stock dividend declared December 20, 2000, as to holders of record on January 5, 2001 and paid January 26, 2001. Cash dividends declared per share are not restated in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.	
 		
(2) 	Stockholders’ equity divided by total assets.	
 		
(3) 	Cash dividends divided by net income.	
		
Item 7.	Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and the Results of Operations	
GENERAL 
      Management’s discussion and analysis is written to provide greater detail of the results of operations and the financial condition of CVB Financial Corp. and its subsidiaries. This analysis should be read in conjunction with the audited financial statements contained within this report including the notes thereto. 
OVERVIEW 
      We are a bank holding company with one bank subsidiary, Citizens Business Bank. We have two other active subsidiaries, Community Trust Deed Services, which is owned by CVB Financial Corp. and Golden West Enterprises, Inc, which is owned by the Bank. We have three other inactive subsidiaries: CVB Ventures, Inc.; Chino Valley Bancorp and ONB Bancorp. We are also the common stockholder of CVB Statutory Trust I and CVB Statutory Trust II, which were created in December 2003 to issue trust preferred securities in order to increase the capital of the Company. We are based in Ontario, California in what is known as the “Inland Empire”. Our geographical market area encompasses Fresno (the middle of the Central Valley) in the center of California to Laguna Beach (in Orange County) in the southern portion of California. Our mission is to offer the finest financial products and services to professionals and businesses in our market area. 
      Our primary source of income is from the interest earned on our loans and investments and our primary area of expense is the interest paid on deposits and borrowings. As such our net income is subject to fluctuations in interest rates and their impact on our income statement. We believe the recent rise in interest rates may relieve some of the pressure on our net interest margin. We are also subject to competition from other financial institutions, which may affect our pricing of products and services, and the fees and interest rates we can charge on them. 
      Economic conditions in our California service area impact our business. The economy of this area has not experienced the decline that other areas of the state and country have witnessed during the past few years. The job market continues to strengthen in the Central Valley and Inland Empire. However, we are still subject to any changes in the economy in our market area. Although we do not provide mortgages on single-family residences, we still benefit from construction growth in Southern California since we provide construction loans to builders. Southern California is experiencing growth in construction on single-family residences and commercial buildings, and our balance sheet at December 31, 2004 reflects that growth from December 31, 2003. 
      Over the past few years, we have been active in acquisitions. Since 1999, we have acquired three banks and a leasing company, and we have opened three de novo branches; Glendale, Bakersfield and Fresno. In 2001 we implemented our “Central Valley Initiative” which is intended to grow our presence in the southern Central Valley of California. This area has a large agribusiness economy and fits in well with the agribusiness lending we already have in the Bank. This portion of the state is the largest agricultural area in the nation. We began this initiative in December of 2001 with the opening of our Bakersfield Business Financial Center. We added another de novo branch in Fresno in the second quarter of 2003. Our acquisition of Kaweah National Bank in September 2003 with branches in Visalia, Tulare, Porterville and McFarland further complimented the initiative. 
19 

      Since 1999, we have also opened three de novo branches. While we continue to evaluate acquisitions, we intend to focus on organic growth. The year 2004 was a year of organic growth since we made no acquisitions. Our assets grew $656.7 million or 17.04% to $4.51 billion from December 31, 2003 to December 31, 2004. Net loans grew $378.9 million or 21.79% to $2.12 billion and deposits grew $214.5 million or 8.06% to $2.88 billion during the same period. 
      Our growth in loans and investments during 2004 compared with 2003 has allowed our interest income to grow in 2004 as compared to the same period in the preceding year even though there was a decline in the interest rate environment between these periods. We did increase our borrowings from the FHLB in 2004 to assist in the growth of investments and the related interest income on these investments. The result of the increase in loan, investment and deposit balances and overall decline in interest rates resulted in an increase of net interest income to $151.2 million in 2004 from $129.3 million in 2003. However, the decline in interest rates reduced the net interest margin — tax equivalent to 3.99% from 4.18% in 2003. The Bank has always had a base of interest free deposits because we specialize in businesses and professionals as deposit customers. This has allowed us to have a low cost of deposits, currently at 0.56% for 2004. 
      In 2004 and 2003, we restructured a portion of our investment portfolio in anticipation of a rising interest rate environment. This restructuring had the effect of shortening the duration of the portfolio and we realized security gains of $5.2 million in 2004 and $4.2 million in 2003. The purpose of the restructuring was to sell those securities which would not perform well in a rising rate environment. The shortening in the duration of the portfolio will allow for an increase in cash flow or liquidity so that the reinvestment of the cash flow will occur at higher rates. 
      During the first quarter of 2004, we wrote down the carrying value of two issues of Federal Home Loan Mortgage Association preferred stock. These securities pay dividends based on LIBOR and perform like a bond. Since there was a loss of value that was deemed other-than-temporary, we charged $6.3 million against the earnings in the first quarter of 2004 to adjust for the impairment of the issues of preferred securities. This was partially offset by the $5.2 million in security gains taken in the second quarter 2004. We took these gains on short maturity securities before rates rose and the gains disappeared. 
      In the third quarter of 2004, we sold a building that housed the Business Financial Center and our Wealth Management Group. We are leasing this space back from the purchaser of the building. We had a gain of $1.9 million from this transaction. Under accounting principles, we could only recognize the gain on that portion of the building that we previously leased to third parties in current year income. This resulted in gain recognition of $490,000 in 2004. The remaining portion of the gain, $1.5 million, is being amortized over the lives of the leases we have for the Business Financial Center and the Wealth Management Group. 
      During the fourth quarter 2004, we acquired a new building for our data center. We out-grew our old data center, which we also owned. We are in the process of improving the facility and will move to the new location in the second quarter of 2005. Subsequent to that move, we intend to sell our old data center property. 
      Our total occupancy expense, exclusive of furniture and equipment expense, for the year ended December 31, 2004, was $7.9 million. We believe that our existing facilities are adequate for our present purposes. The Company believes that if necessary, it could secure suitable alternative facilities on similar terms without adversely affecting operations. For additional information concerning properties, see Notes 6 and 11 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in this report. See “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplemental Data.” 
      Our net income increased to $61.5 million in 2004 compared with $52.8 million in 2003, an increase of $8.7 million or 16.38%. Diluted earnings per share, when restated for the five-for-four stock split declared in December 2004, increased $.14 from $0.86 in 2003 to $1.00 in 2004. 
      On October 21, 2004, the Company signed an agreement to acquire Granite State Bank, with deposits of approximately $101.9 million and net loans of approximately $63.9 million. The transaction was completed on February 25, 2005. The purchase price was approximately $27.0 million including costs associated with the cancellation of stock options. In connection with the acquisition, we issued 708,554 shares of our common stock and paid $13.3 million in cash. 
20 

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES 
      Critical accounting policies are defined as those that are reflective of significant judgments and uncertainties, and could potentially result in materially different results under different assumptions and conditions. We believe that our most critical accounting policies upon which our financial condition depends, and which involve the most complex or subjective decisions or assessment, are as follows: 
      Allowance for Credit Losses: Arriving at an appropriate level of allowance for credit losses involves a high degree of judgment. Our allowance for credit losses provides for probable losses based upon evaluations of known and inherent risks in the loan and lease portfolio. The determination of the balance in the allowance for credit losses is based on an analysis of the loan and lease finance receivables portfolio using a systematic methodology and reflects an amount that, in our judgment, is adequate to provide for probable credit losses inherent in the portfolio, after giving consideration to the character of the loan portfolio, current economic conditions, past credit loss experience, and such other factors as deserve current recognition in estimating inherent credit losses. The provision for credit losses is charged to expense. For a full discussion of our methodology of assessing the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses, see “Risk Management” in Item 7 Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation. 
      Investment Portfolio: The investment portfolio is an integral part of our financial performance. We invest primarily in fixed income securities. Accounting estimates are used in the presentation of the investment portfolio and these estimates do impact the presentation of our financial condition and results of operations. Many of the securities included in the investment portfolio are purchased at a premium or discount. The premiums or discounts are amortized or accreted over the life of the security. For mortgage-backed securities, the amortization or accretion is based on estimated average lives of the securities. The lives of these securities can fluctuate based on the amount of prepayments received on the underlying collateral of the securities. The amount of prepayments varies from time to time based on the interest rate environment (i.e., lower interest rates increase the likelihood of refinances) and the rate of turn over of the mortgages (i.e., how often the underlying properties are sold and mortgages paid-off). We use estimates for the average lives of these mortgage backed securities based on information received from third parties whose business it is to compile mortgage related data and develop a consensus of that data. We adjust the rate of amortization or accretion regularly to reflect changes in the estimated average lives of these securities. 
      We classify securities as held-to-maturity those debt securities that we have the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity. Securities classified as trading are those securities that are bought and held principally for the purpose of selling them in the near term. All other debt and equity securities are classified as available-for-sale. Securities held-to-maturity are accounted for at cost and adjusted for amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts. Trading securities are accounted for at fair value with the unrealized holding gains and losses being included in current earnings. Securities available-for-sale are accounted for at fair value, with the net unrealized gains and losses, net of income tax effects, presented as a separate component of stockholders’ equity. At each reporting date, available-for-sale and held-to-maturity securities are assessed to determine whether there is an other-than-temporary impairment. Such impairment, if any, is required to be recognized in current earnings rather than as a separate component of stockholders’ equity. Realized gains and losses on sales of securities are recognized in earnings at the time of sale and are determined on a specific-identification basis. Purchase premiums and discounts are recognized in interest income using the interest method over the terms of the securities. Our investment in Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) stock is carried at cost. 
      Income Taxes: We account for income taxes by deferring income taxes based on estimated future tax effects of temporary differences between the tax and book basis of assets and liabilities considering the provisions of enacted tax laws. These differences result in deferred tax assets and liabilities, which are included on our balance sheets. We must also assess the likelihood that any deferred tax assets will be recovered from future taxable income and establish a valuation allowance for those assets determined to not likely be recoverable. Our judgment is required in determining the amount and timing of recognition of the resulting deferred tax assets and liabilities, including projections of future taxable income. Although we have determined a valuation allowance is not required for all deferred tax assets, there is no guarantee that these assets are recoverable. 
21 

      Goodwill and Intangible Assets: We have acquired entire banks and branches of banks. Those acquisitions accounted for under the purchase method of accounting have given rise to goodwill and intangible assets. We record the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at their fair value. These fair values are arrived at by use of internal and external valuation techniques. The excess purchase price is allocated to assets and liabilities respectively, resulting in identified intangibles. The identified intangibles are amortized over the estimated lives of the assets or liabilities. Any excess purchase price after this allocation results in goodwill. Goodwill is tested on an annual basis for impairment. 
ANALYSIS OF THE RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 
Earnings 
      We reported net earnings of $61.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2004. This represented an increase of $8.7 million, or 16.38%, over net earnings of $52.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2003. Net earnings for 2003 increased $3.1 million to $52.8 million, or 6.21%, over net earnings of $49.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2002. Diluted earnings per share were $1.00 in 2004, $0.86 in 2003, and $0.81 in 2002. Basic earnings per share were $1.02 in 2004, $0.88 in 2003, and $0.83 in 2002. Diluted and basic earnings per share have been adjusted for the effects of a 5-for-4 stock split declared December 15, 2004, which became effective December 29, 2004, a 10% stock dividend declared December 17, 2003 and paid in January 2004, and a 5-for-4 stock split declared December 18, 2002, which became effective January  3, 2003. 
      The increase in net earnings for 2004 compared to 2003 was the result of an increase in net interest income offset by an increase in other operating expenses and decrease in other operating income. The decrease in other operating income was due in part to the $6.3 million write down for other than temporary impairment on securities and a reserve of $2.2 million established in connection with a robbery loss. The increase in net earnings for 2003 compared to 2002 was the result of an increase in net interest income and in other operating income. This increase was also partially offset by the increase in other operating expenses. Increased net interest income for 2004, 2003 and 2002 reflected higher volumes of average earning assets for each year due to internal and external growth in our business. 
      For 2004, our return on average assets was 1.47%, compared to 1.54% for 2003, and 1.83% for 2002. Our return on average stockholders’ equity was 20.33% for 2004, compared to a return of 19.17% for 2003, and 20.45% for 2002. 
      Net earnings, excluding the impact of gains or losses on sale of investment securities, gain on sale of real estate, other-than-temporary impairment write down, and the estimated robbery loss, totaled $63.5 million for 2004. This represented an increase of $12.1 million, or 23.61%, compared to net earnings, excluding the impact of gains or losses on sale of investment securities, the prepayment penalty for FHLB advances, and the reversed excess legal fee accrual, of $51.4 million for 2003. This represented an increase $4.8 million, or 10.31%, from net earnings, excluding the impact of gains or losses on sale of investment securities, of $46.6 million for 2002. 
      The following table reconciles the differences in net earnings with and without the net gains on sales of investment securities, net gain on sale of real estate, other-than-temporary impairment write down, the estimated robbery loss, the prepayment penalty, and the reversed excess legal fee accrual (there is no provision 
22 

for credit and OREO losses recorded in 2004, 2003, and 2002) in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America: 
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Net Earnings Reconciliation For the Twelve Months Ended December 31,		
 	 	 		
 	 	2004		 	2003		 	2002		
 	 	 		 	 		 	 		
 	 	Before		 	 	 	Before		 	 	 	Before		 	 	
 	 	Income		 	Income		 	Net		 	Income		 	Income		 	Net		 	Income		 	Income		 	Net		
 	 	Taxes		 	Taxes		 	Earnings		 	Taxes		 	Taxes		 	Earnings		 	Taxes		 	Taxes		 	Earnings		
 	 	 		 	 		 	 		 	 		 	 		 	 		 	 		 	 		 	 		
 	 	(Amounts in thousands)		
Net Earnings excluding net gain on sale of securities, net gain on sale of real estate, other-than-temporary impairment write down, estimated robbery loss, the prepayment penalty, and reversed excess legal accrual	 	$	92,301	 	 	$	28,798	 	 	$	63,503	 	 	$	79,234	 	 	$	27,861	 	 	$	51,373	 	 	$	71,949	 	 	$	25,378	 	 	$	46,571	 	
 	Net gain on sale of securities	 	 	5,219	 	 	 	1,628	 	 	 	3,591	 	 	 	4,210	 	 	 	1,486	 	 	 	2,724	 	 	 	4,897	 	 	 	1,723	 	 	 	3,174	 	
 	Net gain on sale of real estate	 	 	419	 	 	 	131	 	 	 	288	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	
 	Other-than-temporary impairment write down	 	 	(6,300	)	 	 	(1,966	)	 	 	(4,334	)	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	
 	Estimated robbery loss	 	 	(2,269	)	 	 	(707	)	 	 	(1,562	)	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	
 	Prepayment penalty for FHLB advance	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	(5,256	)	 	 	(1,855	)	 	 	(3,401	)	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	
 	Reversed excess legal fee accrual	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	3,300	 	 	 	1,164	 	 	 	2,136	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net Earnings as reported	 	$	89,370	 	 	$	27,884	 	 	$	61,486	 	 	$	81,488	 	 	$	28,656	 	 	$	52,832	 	 	$	76,846	 	 	$	27,101	 	 	$	49,745	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
      We have presented net earnings with and without the net gains on sales of investment securities, net gain on sale of real estate, other-than-temporary impairment write down, the estimated robbery loss, the prepayment penalty, and the reversed excess legal fee accrual to show shareholders the earnings from our banking operations unaffected by the impact of these items. We believe this presentation allows the reader to more easily determine the operational profit of the Company with respect to its primary business. 
Net Interest Income 
      The principal component of our earnings is net interest income, which is the difference between the interest and fees earned on loans and investments (earning assets) and the interest paid on deposits and borrowed funds (interest-bearing liabilities). When net interest income is expressed as a percentage of average earning assets, the result is the net interest margin. The net interest spread is the yield on average earning assets minus the cost of average interest-bearing liabilities. Our net interest income, interest spread, and net interest margin are sensitive to general business and economic conditions. These conditions include short-term and long-term interest rates, inflation, monetary supply, and the strength of the economy, in general, and the local economies in which we conduct business. Our ability to manage the net interest income during changing interest rate environments will have a significant impact on its overall performance. We manage net interest income through affecting changes in the mix of earning assets as well as the mix of interest-bearing liabilities, changes in the level of interest-bearing liabilities in proportion to earning assets, and in the growth of earning assets. 
      Our net interest income totaled $151.2 million for 2004. This represented an increase of $21.9 million, or 16.93%, over net interest income of $129.3 million for 2003. Net interest income for 2003 increased $15.4 million, or 13.53%, over net interest income of $113.9 million for 2002. The increase in net interest income of $21.9 million for 2004 resulted from an increase of $31.4 million in interest income offset by an increase of $9.5 million in interest expense. The increase in interest income of $31.4 million resulted from the 
23 

$692.2 million increase in average earning assets, which was offset by the decline in yield on earning assets to 5.17% in 2004 from 5.34% in 2003. The increase of $9.5 million in interest expense resulted from the increase in the average rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities to 1.76% in 2004 from 1.74% in 2003, and an increase of $502.0 million in average interest-bearing liabilities. These interest-bearing liabilities are primarily borrowings from the FHLB and correspondent banks. 
      The increase in net interest income of $15.4 million for 2003 as compared to 2002 resulted from an increase of $12.0 million in interest income and a $3.4 million reduction in interest expense. This increase in interest income of $12.0 million resulted from the $672.3 million increase in average earning assets, offset by the decline in yield on earning assets to 5.34% in 2003 from 6.24% in 2002. 
      Interest income totaled $197.7 million for 2004. This represented an increase of $31.4 million, or 18.85%, compared to total interest income of $166.3 million for 2003. For 2003, total interest income increased $12.0 million, or 7.79%, from total interest income of $154.3 million for 2002. The increase in total interest income was primarily due to an increase in volume of interest earning assets and increases in rates in the second half of 2004, offset by a decline in interest rates during 2003. 
      Interest expense totaled $46.5 million for 2004. This represented an increase of $9.5 million, or 25.54%, over total interest expense of $37.1 million for 2003. For 2003, total interest expense decreased $3.4 million, or 8.37%, over total interest expense of $40.4 million for 2002. 
24 

      Table 1 represents the composition of average interest-earning assets and average interest-bearing liabilities by category for the periods indicated, including the changes in average balance, composition, and yield/rate between these respective periods: 
TABLE 1 — Distribution of Average Assets, Liabilities, and Stockholders’ Equity; 
Interest Rates and Interest Differentials 
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	2004		 	2003		 	2002		
 	 	 		 	 		 	 		
 	 	Average		 	 	 	Average		 	Average		 	 	 	Average		 	Average		 	 	 	Average		
ASSETS	 	Balance		 	Interest		 	Rate		 	Balance		 	Interest		 	Rate		 	Balance		 	Interest		 	Rate		
 	 	 		 	 		 	 		 	 		 	 		 	 		 	 		 	 		 	 		
 	 	(Amounts in thousands)		
Investment Securities	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Taxable(1)	 	$	1,677,875	 	 	$	68,069	 	 	 	4.07	%	 	$	1,349,331	 	 	$	51,205	 	 	 	3.84	%	 	$	945,141	 	 	$	47,097	 	 	 	5.00	%	
 	Tax preferenced(2)	 	 	339,452	 	 	 	15,087	 	 	 	5.87	%	 	 	348,845	 	 	 	16,065	 	 	 	6.09	%	 	 	334,075	 	 	 	16,273	 	 	 	6.44	%	
Federal Funds Sold	 	 	311	 	 	 	3	 	 	 	0.96	%	 	 	2,436	 	 	 	34	 	 	 	1.40	%	 	 	31,877	 	 	 	602	 	 	 	1.89	%	
Loans(3)(4)	 	 	1,905,144	 	 	 	114,543	 	 	 	6.01	%	 	 	1,529,944	 	 	 	99,042	 	 	 	6.47	%	 	 	1,247,384	 	 	 	90,351	 	 	 	7.24	%	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total Earning Assets	 	 	3,922,782	 	 	 	197,702	 	 	 	5.17	%	 	 	3,230,556	 	 	 	166,346	 	 	 	5.34	%	 	 	2,558,477	 	 	 	154,323	 	 	 	6.24	%	
Total Non Earning Assets	 	 	269,760	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	209,485	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	166,022	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total Assets	 	$	4,192,542	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	$	3,440,041	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	$	2,724,499	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY	
 	
Demand Deposits	 	$	1,213,884	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	$	975,134	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	$	807,505	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Savings Deposits(5)	 	 	1,042,447	 	 	$	7,708	 	 	 	0.74	%	 	 	900,985	 	 	$	7,295	 	 	 	0.81	%	 	 	771,931	 	 	$	11,798	 	 	 	1.53	%	
Time Deposits	 	 	505,102	 	 	 	7,800	 	 	 	1.54	%	 	 	559,311	 	 	 	9,028	 	 	 	1.61	%	 	 	481,859	 	 	 	9,672	 	 	 	2.01	%	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total Deposits	 	 	2,761,433	 	 	 	15,508	 	 	 	0.56	%	 	 	2,435,430	 	 	 	16,323	 	 	 	0.67	%	 	 	2,061,295	 	 	 	21,470	 	 	 	1.04	%	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Other Borrowings	 	 	1,087,534	 	 	 	31,009	 	 	 	2.85	%	 	 	672,827	 	 	 	20,730	 	 	 	3.08	%	 	 	384,928	 	 	 	18,969	 	 	 	4.93	%	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Interest Bearing Liabilities	 	 	2,635,083	 	 	 	46,517	 	 	 	1.76	%	 	 	2,133,123	 	 	 	37,053	 	 	 	1.74	%	 	 	1,638,718	 	 	 	40,439	 	 	 	2.47	%	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total deposits and borrowings	 	 	3,848,967	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	3,108,257	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	2,446,223	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Other Liabilities	 	 	41,201	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	56,221	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	34,987	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Stockholders’ Equity	 	 	302,374	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	275,563	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	243,289	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity	 	$	4,192,542	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	$	3,440,041	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	$	2,724,499	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net interest income	 	 	 	 	 	$	151,185	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	$	129,293	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	$	113,884	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net interest spread — tax equivalent	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	3.41	%	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	3.60	%	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	3.77	%	
Net interest margin	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	3.86	%	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	4.02	%	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	4.46	%	
Net interest margin — tax equivalent	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	3.99	%	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	4.18	%	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	4.66	%	
Net interest margin excluding loan fees	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	3.58	%	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	3.78	%	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	4.26	%	
Net interest margin excluding loan fees — tax equivalent	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	3.71	%	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	3.94	%	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	4.47	%	

(1) 	Includes short-term interest bearing deposits with other institutions	
 		
(2) 	Non tax equivalent rate for 2004 was 4.44%, 2003 was 4.61% and 2002 was 4.87%	
 		
(3) 	Loan fees are included in total interest income as follows, (000)s omitted: 2004, $7,353; 2003, $7,767; 2002, $4,964	
25 

		
(4) 	Non performing loans are included in net loans as follows, (000)s omitted: 2004, $2; 2003, $548; 2002, $824	
 		
(5) 	Includes interest bearing demand and money market accounts	
      As stated above, the net interest margin measures net interest income as a percentage of average earning assets. The net interest margin is an indication of how effectively we generate our sources of funds and employ our earning assets. Our tax effected (TE) net interest margin was 3.99% for 2004, compared to 4.18% for 2003, and 4.66% for 2002. The decrease in the net interest margin over the last three years is the result of a number of factors. The most significant of which include changes in the mix of assets and liabilities as follows: 
			
 	• 	Increase in demand deposits (interest free deposits) as a percent of earning assets from 30.2% in 2003 to 30.9% in 2004	
 		
 	• 	Decrease in demand deposits (interest free deposits) as a percent of earning assets from 31.6% in 2002 to 30.2% in 2003	
 		
 	• 	Increase in interest-bearing liabilities as a percent of earning assets from 66.0% in 2003 to 67.2% in 2004	
 		
 	• 	Increase in interest-bearing liabilities as a percent of earning assets from 64.1% in 2002 to 66.0% in 2003	
 		
 	• 	Decrease in investment securities as a percent of earning assets from 52.6% in 2003 to 51.4% in 2004	
 		
 	• 	Increase in investment securities as a percent of earning assets from 50.0% in 2002 to 52.6% in 2003	
 		
 	• 	Increase in borrowings as a percent of earning assets from 20.8% in 2003 to 27.7% in 2004	
 		
 	• 	Increase in borrowings as a percent of earning assets from 15.1% in 2002 to 20.8% in 2003	
 		
 	• 	Interest expense as a percent of earning assets decreased from 1.6% in 2002 to 1.2% in 2003 and 2004	
 		
 	• 	In addition, our net interest margin is impacted by declining interest rates during 2003	
      It is difficult to attribute the above changes to any one factor. However, the banking and financial services businesses in our market areas are highly competitive. This competition has an influence on the strategies we employ. In addition, the general decline in interest rates, until the last half of 2004, had an impact on earnings. 
      Although the net interest margin has declined, net interest income has increased. This primarily reflects the growth in average earning assets from $2.6 billion in 2002, to $3.2 billion in 2003, and to $3.9 billion in 2004. This represents a 21.43% increase in 2004 from 2003 and a 26.51% increase in 2003 from 2002. Net interest income has also been positively affected by the increase in average earning assets as a percent of average total assets to 93.57% in 2004, from 93.91% 2003 and 2002. 
      The net interest spread is the difference between the yield on average earning assets less the cost of average interest-bearing liabilities. The net interest spread is an indication of our ability to manage interest rates received on loans and investments and paid on deposits and borrowings in a competitive and changing interest rate environment. Our net interest spread (TE) was 3.41% for 2004, 3.60% for 2003, and 3.77% for 2002. The decrease in the net interest spread for 2004 as compared to 2003 resulted from a 17 basis point decrease in the yield on earning assets and a 2 basis point increase in the cost of interest-bearing liabilities, thus generating a 19 basis point decrease in the net interest spread. The decrease in the net interest spread for 2003 resulted from a 90 basis point decrease in the yield on earning assets offset by a 73 basis point decrease in the cost of interest-bearing liabilities, thus generating a 17 basis point decrease in the net interest spread. 
      The yield (TE) on earning assets decreased to 5.17% for 2004, from 5.34% for 2003, and reflects a decreasing interest rate environment and a change in the mix of earning assets. Investments as a percent of earning assets decreased to 51.43% in 2004 from 52.57% in 2003. The yield on loans for 2004 decreased to 6.01% as compared to 6.47% for 2003 as a result of the decreasing interest rate environment and competition for quality loans. The yield on investments for 2004 increased to 4.38% as compared to 4.31% in 2003. The decrease in the yield on earning assets for 2004 was the result of lower yields on loans offset by a slight 
26 

increase in yield on investments. The yield on loans for 2003 decreased to 6.47% as compared to 7.24% for 2002. The decrease in the yields on loans for 2003 was primarily the result of a decreased interest rate environment partially offset by increased price competition for loans compared to 2002. 
      The cost of average interest-bearing liabilities increased to 1.76% for 2004 as compared to 1.74% for 2003, and decreased to 1.74% for 2003 as compared to 2.47% for 2002. These variations reflected a change in the mix of interest-bearing liabilities and a decreasing interest rate environment in 2003 and an increasing rate environment in the last half of 2004. Borrowings as a percent of interest-bearing liabilities increased to 41.27% for 2004 as compared to 31.54% for 2003 and decreased to 31.54% for 2003 as compared to 23.49% for 2002. Borrowings typically have a higher cost than interest-bearing deposits. The cost of interest-bearing deposits for 2004 decreased to 1.00% as compared to 1.12% for 2003 and decreased to 1.12% as compared to 1.71% for 2002, reflecting the decreasing interest rate environment offset by competition for interest-bearing deposits. The cost of borrowings for 2004 decreased to 2.85% as compared to 3.08% for 2003 and 4.93% for 2002, also reflecting the decreasing interest rate environment. The FDIC has approved the payment of interest on certain demand deposit accounts. This could have a negative impact on our net interest margin, net interest spread, and net earnings, should this be implemented fully. Currently, the only deposits for which we pay interest on are NOW and Money Market Accounts. 
      Table 2 presents a comparison of interest income and interest expense resulting from changes in the volumes and rates on average earning assets and average interest-bearing liabilities for the years indicated. Changes in interest income or expense attributable to volume changes are calculated by multiplying the change in volume by the initial average interest rate. The change in interest income or expense attributable to changes in interest rates is calculated by multiplying the change in interest rate by the initial volume. The changes attributable to interest rate and volume changes are calculated by multiplying the change in rate times the change in volume. 
TABLE 2 — Rate and Volume Analysis for Changes in Interest Income, 
Interest Expense and Net Interest Income 
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	2004 Compared to 2003		 	2003 Compared to 2002		
 	 	Increase (Decrease) Due to		 	Increase (Decrease) Due to		
 	 	 		 	 		
 	 	 	 	Rate/		 	 	 	 	 	Rate/		 	 	
 	 	Volume		 	Rate		 	Volume		 	Total		 	Volume		 	Rate		 	Volume		 	Total		
 	 	 		 	 		 	 		 	 		 	 		 	 		 	 		 	 		
 	 	(Amounts in thousands)		
Interest Income:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Taxable investment securities	 	$	12,958	 	 	$	3,117	 	 	$	789	 	 	$	16,864	 	 	$	19,586	 	 	$	(10,932	)	 	$	(4,546	)	 	$	4,108	 	
 	Tax-advantaged securities	 	 	(433	)	 	 	(561	)	 	 	16	 	 	 	(978	)	 	 	951	 	 	 	(1,153	)	 	 	(6	)	 	 	(208	)	
 	Fed funds sold & interest-bearing deposits with other institutions	 	 	(30	)	 	 	(11	)	 	 	10	 	 	 	(31	)	 	 	(556	)	 	 	(158	)	 	 	146	 	 	 	(568	)	
 	Loans	 	 	24,289	 	 	 	(7,058	)	 	 	(1,730	)	 	 	15,501	 	 	 	20,466	 	 	 	(9,600	)	 	 	(2,175	)	 	 	8,691	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total interest on earning assets	 	 	36,784	 	 	 	(4,513	)	 	 	(915	)	 	 	31,356	 	 	 	40,447	 	 	 	(21,843	)	 	 	(6,581	)	 	 	12,023	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Interest Expense:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Savings deposits	 	 	1,145	 	 	 	(632	)	 	 	(100	)	 	 	413	 	 	 	1,972	 	 	 	(5,547	)	 	 	(928	)	 	 	(4,503	)	
 	Time deposits	 	 	(875	)	 	 	(392	)	 	 	39	 	 	 	(1,228	)	 	 	1,555	 	 	 	(1,895	)	 	 	(304	)	 	 	(644	)	
 	Other borrowings	 	 	12,777	 	 	 	(1,545	)	 	 	(953	)	 	 	10,279	 	 	 	14,187	 	 	 	(7,109	)	 	 	(5,317	)	 	 	1,761	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total interest on interest-bearing liabilities	 	 	13,047	 	 	 	(2,569	)	 	 	(1,014	)	 	 	9,464	 	 	 	17,714	 	 	 	(14,551	)	 	 	(6,549	)	 	 	(3,386	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net Interest Income	 	$	23,737	 	 	$	(1,944	)	 	$	99	 	 	$	21,892	 	 	$	22,733	 	 	$	(7,292	)	 	$	(32	)	 	$	15,409	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
27 

Interest and Fees on Loans 
      Our major source of revenue is interest and fees on loans, which totaled $114.5 million for 2004. This represented an increase of $15.5 million, or 15.65%, over interest and fees on loans of $99.0 million for 2003. For 2003, interest and fees on loans increased $8.7 million, or 9.62%, over interest and fees on loans of $90.4 million for 2002. The increase in interest and fees on loans for 2004 and 2003 reflects increases in the average balance of loans offset by a lower interest rate environment. The yield on loans decreased to 6.01% for 2004, compared to 6.47% for 2003 and 7.24% for 2002. Deferred loan origination fees, net of costs, totaled $14.6 million at December 31, 2004. This represented an increase of $7.2 million, or 96.9%, from deferred loan origination fees, net of costs, of $7.4 million at December 31, 2003. 
      In general, we stop accruing interest on a loan after its principal or interest becomes 90 days or more past due. When a loan is placed on non-accrual, all interest previously accrued but not collected is charged against earnings. There was no interest income that was accrued and not reversed on non-performing loans at December 31, 2004, 2003, and 2002. For 2004, our non-performing loans were less than $2,000. The interest that would have been collected was minimal. Had non-performing loans for which interest was no longer accruing complied with the original terms and conditions of their notes, interest income would have been $134,000 greater for 2003, and $116,000 greater for 2002. Accordingly, yields on loans would have increased by 0.01% in each of 2003, and 2002. 
      Fees collected on loans are an integral part of the loan pricing decision. Loan fees and the direct costs associated with the origination of loans are deferred and deducted from the loan balance on our balance sheet. Deferred net loan fees are recognized in interest income over the term of the loan in a manner that approximates the level-yield method. We recognized loan fee income of $7.4 million for 2004, $7.8 million for 2003 and $5.0 million for 2002. 
      Table 3 summarizes loan fee activity for the Bank for the years indicated. 
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	2004		 	2003		 	2002		
 	 	 		 	 		 	 		
 	 	(Amounts in thousands)		
Fees Collected	 	$	14,513	 	 	$	11,014	 	 	$	5,727	 	
Fees and costs deferred	 	 	(11,224	)	 	 	(12,736	)	 	 	(5,444	)	
Accretion of deferred fees and costs	 	 	4,064	 	 	 	9,488	 	 	 	4,682	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total fee income reported	 	$	7,353	 	 	$	7,766	 	 	$	4,965	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Deferred net loan origination fees at end of year	 	$	14,552	 	 	$	7,392	 	 	$	4,144	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Interest on Investments 
      The second most important component of interest income is interest on investments, which totaled $83.2 million for 2004. This represented an increase of $15.9 million, or 23.62%, over interest on investments of $67.3 million for 2003. For 2003, interest on investments increased $3.9 million, or 6.15%, over interest on investments of $63.4 million for 2002. The increase in interest on investments for 2004 and 2003 reflected increases in the average balance of investments and a slight increase in interest rate in the latter part of 2004. The interest rate environment and the investment strategies we employ directly affect the yield on the investment portfolio. We continually adjust our investment strategies in response to the changing interest rate environments in order to maximize the rate of total return consistent within prudent risk parameters, and to minimize the overall interest rate risk of the Company. The weighted-average yield on investments was 4.38% for 2004, compared to 4.31% for 2003 and 5.38% for 2002. 
Provision for Credit Losses 
      We maintain an allowance for inherent credit losses that is increased by a provision for credit losses charged against operating results. We did not make a provision for credit losses during 2004, 2003 and 2002 and we believe the allowance is adequate to absorb known inherent risk in the loan profile. No assurance can be given that economic conditions which adversely affect our service areas or other circumstances will not be 
28 

reflected in increased provisions or credit losses in the future. The net recoveries totaled $1.2 million in 2004, net charge-offs totaled, $1.4 million in 2003 and $1.1 million in 2002. See “Risk Management — Credit Risk” herein. 
Other Operating Income 
      Other operating income includes income derived from special services offered by the Bank, such as wealth management and trust services, merchant card, investment services, international banking, and other business services. Also included in other operating income are service charges and fees, primarily from deposit accounts; gains (net of losses) from the sale of investment securities, other real estate owned, and fixed assets; the gross revenue from Community and other revenues are not included as interest on earning assets. 
      Other operating income, including gain on the sale of investment securities and real estate, totaled $28.0 million for 2004. This represents a decrease of $2.1 million, or 6.94%, from other operating income, including gain on the sale of investment securities, of $30.0 million for 2003. During 2003, other operating income, including gain on the sale of investment securities, increased $971,000, or 3.35%, over other operating income, including gain on the sale of investment securities, of $29.0 million for 2002. Other operating income as a percent of net revenues, including gain on the sale of investment securities, (net interest income plus other operating income) was 15.58% for 2004, as compared to 18.83% for 2003, and 20.31% for 2002. 
      Other operating income for 2004, without gains on the sale of investment securities and real estate, increased $2.8 million or 10.82%, as compared to 2003. Other operating income for 2003, without gains on the sale of investment securities, increased $1.7 million or 6.87%, as compared to 2002. 
      Other operating income as a percent of net revenues (net interest income before loan loss provision plus other operating income) was 15.58% for 2004, as compared to 18.83% for 2003 and 20.31% for 2002. Excluding gains and losses on securities, other operating income as a percent of net revenues was 15.89% for 2004, as compared to 16.62% for 2003 and 17.48% for 2002. 
      The following table reconciles the differences in other operating income and the percentage of net revenues with and without the net gains on sales of investment securities and real estate in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America: 
Other Operating Income Reconciliation For the Twelve Months Ended December 31, 
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	2004		 	2003		 	2002		
 	 	 		 	 		 	 		
 	 	 	 	Net Gain/		 	 	 	 	 	Net Gain/		 	 	 	 	 	Net Gain/		 	 	
 	 	 	 	(Loss) on		 	 	 	 	 	(Loss) on		 	 	 	 	 	(Loss) on		 	 	
 	 	Without		 	Securities/		 	Reported		 	Without		 	Securities/		 	Reported		 	Without		 	Securities/		 	Reported		
 	 	Gain/Loss		 	Real Estate		 	Earnings		 	Gain/Loss		 	Real Estate		 	Earnings		 	Gain/Loss		 	Real Estate		 	Earnings		
 	 	 		 	 		 	 		 	 		 	 		 	 		 	 		 	 		 	 		
 	 	(Amounts in thousands)		
Other Operating Income	 	$	28,569	 	 	$	(662	)	 	$	27,907	 	 	$	25,779	 	 	$	4,210	 	 	$	29,989	 	 	$	24,121	 	 	$	4,897	 	 	$	29,018	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net Revenues	 	$	179,754	 	 	$	(662	)	 	$	179,092	 	 	$	155,072	 	 	$	4,210	 	 	$	159,282	 	 	$	138,005	 	 	$	4,897	 	 	$	142,902	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Percent of Other Operating Income to Net Revenues	 	 	15.89	%	 	 	100.00	%	 	 	15.58	%	 	 	16.62	%	 	 	100.00	%	 	 	18.83	%	 	 	17.48	%	 	 	100.00	%	 	 	20.31	%	
      We have presented other operating income without the realized gains or losses on investment securities and gain on sale of real estate to show shareholders the earnings from operations were unaffected by the impact of the investment securities and real estate gains or losses. We believe this presentation allows the reader to determine our profitability before the impact of sales of investment securities and real estate. We believe the reader will be able to more easily determine the operational profits of the Company. 
      Service charges on deposit accounts totaled $13.7 million in 2004. This represented a decrease of $1.4 million, or 9.15% over service charges on deposit accounts of $15.0 million in 2003. Service charges for demand deposits (checking) accounts for business customers are generally charged based on an analysis of their activity and include an earning allowance based on their average balances. Contributing to the decrease in service charges on deposit accounts in 2004 was the higher average demand deposit balances that resulted in a higher account earnings allowance, which offsets service charges and the implementation of a revised service 
29 

charge schedule. Service charges on deposit accounts in 2003 increased $885,000, or 6.25% over service charges on deposit accounts of $14.2 million in 2002. Service charges on deposit accounts represented 48.96% of other operating income in 2004, as compared to 50.15% in 2003 and 48.78% in 2002. 
      Wealth Management consists of Trust Services and Investment Services. 
      Trust Services provides a variety of services, which include asset management services (both full management services and custodial services), estate planning, retirement planning, private and corporate trustee services, and probate services. Trust Services generated fees of $4.5 million in 2004 and $3.9 million in 2003. Fees generated by Trust Services in 2003 increased $140,000, or 3.72% over fees generated by Trust Services of $3.8 million in 2002. The increase in fees is due primarily to the impact of the stock market valuation of portfolios under management. Fees generated by Trust Services represented 16.0% of other operating income in 2004, as compared to 13.02% in 2003 and 12.97% in 2002. 
      Investment Services, which provides mutual funds, certificates of deposit and other non-insured investment products, generated fees totaling $1.6 million in 2004. This represented an increase of $119,000, or 8.06% over fees generated of $1.5 million in 2003. The increase was due to the low interest rate environment and customers not utilizing non-bank products. Investment Services fees in 2003 decreased $5,000, or 0.34% over fees generated of $1.5 million in 2002. Fees generated by Investment Services represented 5.70% of other operating income in 2004, as compared to 4.91% in 2003 and 5.09% in 2002. 
      Bankcard Services, which provides merchant bankcard services, generated fees totaling $1.8 million in 2004. This represented an increase of $364,000, or 25.71% over fees generated of $1.4 million in 2003. Bankcard fees in 2003 increased by $242,000, or 20.64% over fees generated of $1.2 million in 2002. Increases in both years are due to the number of customers using Bankcard services and the emphasis on reducing costs with our outside processors. Fees generated by Bankcard represented 6.38% of other operating income in 2004, as compared to 4.72% in 2003 and 4.05% in 2002. 
      Other fees and income, which includes wire fees, other business services, international banking fees, check sale, ATM fees, miscellaneous income, etc., generated fees totaling $7.5 million in 2004. This represented an increase of $3.5 million, or 89.68% over other fees and income generated of $3.9 million in 2003. The increase is primarily due to the increase of volume in international banking fees, accrued cash surrender value on bank-owned life insurance (“BOLI”) and gain on sale of real estate. Other fees and income in 2003 increased by $395,000, or 11.12% over fees generated of $3.6 million in 2002. 
      Other fees and income also includes revenue from Community, a subsidiary of the Company. Total revenue from Community was approximately $76,000 in 2004, $124,000 in 2003, and $106,000 in 2002. 
      Other-Than-Temporary Impairment write down of $6.3 million was due to two issues of Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation preferred stock. This stock fluctuates in value due to the variable interest rate on the preferred stock dividend, which is tied to LIBOR. This is similar in structure to a bond. However, because it has no maturity and the unrealized loss lasted for more than twelve months, we were required to write the two issues down to market value. 
      The sale of securities generated income totaling $5.2 million in 2004, $4.2 million in 2003, and $4.9 million in 2002. The gain on sale of securities was primarily due to repositioning of the investment portfolio to take advantage of the current interest rate cycle. 
Other Operating Expenses 
      Other operating expenses include expenses for salaries and benefits, occupancy, equipment, stationary and supplies, professional services, promotion, data processing, deposit insurance, amortization of intangibles, and other expenses. Other operating expenses totaled $89.7 million for 2004. This represents an increase of $11.9 million, or 15.33%, from other operating expenses of $77.8 million for 2003. During 2003, other operating expenses increased $11.7 million, or 17.77%, over other operating expenses of $66.1 million for 2002. 
      For the most part, other operating expenses reflect the direct expenses and related administrative expenses associated with staffing, maintaining, promoting, and operating branch facilities. Our ability to 
30 

control other operating expenses in relation to asset growth can be measured in terms of other operating expenses as a percentage of average assets. Operating expenses measured as a percentage of average assets decreased to 2.14% for 2004, compared to 2.26% for 2003, and 2.42% for 2002. The decrease in the ratio indicates that management is controlling greater levels of assets with proportionately smaller operating expenses, an indication of operating efficiency. 
      Our ability to control other operating expenses in relation to the level of net revenue (net interest income plus other operating income) is measured by the efficiency ratio and indicates the percentage of net revenue that is used to cover expenses. For 2004, the efficiency ratio was 50.10%, compared to 48.84% for 2003 and 46.22% for 2002. The increases from 2003 to 2004 and 2002 to 2003 were primarily due to the net impact of the other-than-temporary impairment write-down, gains on the sale of securities, gain on sale of real estate, estimated robbery loss, the prepayment penalties, and the reversed excess legal fee accrual. 
      Salaries and related expenses comprise the greatest portion of other operating expenses. Salaries and related expenses totaled $47.3 million for 2004. This represented an increase of $5.8 million, or 13.98%, over salaries and related expenses of $41.5 million for 2003. Salary and related expenses increased $5.5 million, or 15.35%, over salaries and related expenses of $36.0 million for 2002. At December 31, 2004, we employed 674 persons, 472 on a full-time and 202 on a part-time basis, this compares to 670 persons, 459 on a full-time and 211 on a part-time basis at December 31, 2003, and 618 persons, 417 on a full-time and 201 on a part-time basis at December 31, 2002. The increases in 2004 and 2003 resulted from increased staffing levels associated with the acquisitions of Kaweah National Bank, Western Security Bank and Golden West Enterprises and internal growth. Salaries and related expenses as a percent of average assets decreased to 1.13% for 2004, compared to 1.21% for 2003, and 1.32% for 2002. 
      Occupancy and equipment expenses represent the cost of operating and maintaining branch and administrative facilities, including the purchase and maintenance of furniture, fixtures, office and equipment and data processing equipment. Occupancy expense totaled $7.9 million for 2004. This represented an increase of $1.2 million, or 17.11%, over occupancy expense of $6.7 million for 2003. Occupancy expense for 2003 increased $399,000, or 6.30%, from an expense level of $6.3 million for 2002. The increase in occupancy expense was primarily due to the acquisition of Kaweah National Bank in 2003 and the acquisitions of Western Security Bank and Golden West Enterprises, Inc. in 2002 as well as the on going remodeling and upkeep of our facilities. Equipment expense totaled $8.0 million for 2004. This represented an increase of $1.1 million, or 16.35%, over the $6.9 million expense for 2003. For 2003, equipment expense increased $666,000, or 10.72%, from an expense of $6.2 million for 2002. The increase in equipment expense primarily reflects the acquisition of Kaweah National Bank, the upgrade to image processing equipment, and the ongoing upgrade of other computer equipment. 
      Stationary and supplies expense totaled $5.0 million for 2004 and 2003 compared to $4.0 million for 2002. The increase was primarily due to the acquisition of Kaweah National Bank and the internal growth of business. 
      Professional services totaled $4.8 million for 2004. This represented an increase of $771,000 or 19.25%, over an expense of $4.0 million for 2003. The increase was due to an increase in fees related to services incurred for Sarbanes-Oxley compliance. For 2003, professional services decreased $79,000, or 1.93%, from an expense of $4.1 million for 2002. 
      Promotion expense totaled $5.1 million for 2004. This represented an increase of $624,000, or 13.78%, from an expense of $4.5 million for 2003. Promotion expense increased for 2003 by $840,000, or 22.81%, over an expense of $3.7 million for 2002. The increase in promotional expenses from 2004 to 2003 was primarily due to the acquisition of Kaweah National Bank, and the opening of the de novo Business Financial Center in Fresno, in California’s central valley in 2003. The increase in promotional expense from 2003 to 2002 was primarily due to the opening of the Business Financial Center in Bakersfield and the acquisitions of Western Security Bank and Golden West Enterprises in 2002. 
31 

      Data processing expense totaled $994,000 for 2004. This represented a decrease of $196,000, or 16.43%, from an expense of $1.2 million for 2003. Data processing expense decreased for 2003 by $107,000, or 8.22%, over an expense of $1.3 million for 2002. 
      The amortization expense of intangibles totaled $1.2 million for 2004. This represented an increase of $370,000, or 45.48%, from an expense of $815,000 for 2003. Amortization expense of intangibles increased for 2003 by $236,000, or 40.89%, from amortization expense of intangibles of $578,000 for 2002. The increase were primarily due to the acquisition of Kaweah National Bank. 
      Other operating expenses totaled $9.4 million for 2004. This represented an increase of $2.3 million, or 31.37%, from an expense of $7.2 million for 2003. The increase in 2004 was primarily due to the accrual for the estimated robbery loss. Other operating expenses increased for 2003 by $3.3 million, or 83.55%, over an expense of $3.9 million for 2002. 
Income Taxes 
      Our effective tax rate for 2004 was 31.2%, compared to 35.2% for 2003, and 35.3% for 2002. The decrease was primarily due to proportionally higher amounts of tax preference municipal income as a percentage of total taxable income and a reduction in reserves for prior period state taxes. The effective tax rates are below the nominal combined Federal and State tax rates as a result of tax preference income from certain investments for each period. The majority of tax preference income is derived from municipal securities. 
Subsequent Event 
      On February 25, 2005, we completed our acquisition of Granite State Bank (“Granite”). This resulted in the addition of $80.0 million in deposits, $65.0 million in loans and $110.0 million in total assets. Granite had two offices, one in Monrovia and one in South Pasadena. These two offices are operating as business financial centers of the Bank. 
ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION 
      The Company reported total assets of $4.51 billion at December 31, 2004. This represented an increase of $656.7 million, or 17.04%, from total assets of $3.85 billion at December 31, 2003. For 2003, total assets increased $730.9 million, or 23.40%, from total assets of $3.12 billion at December 31, 2002. 
Investment Securities 
      The Company maintains a portfolio of investment securities to provide interest income and to serve as a source of liquidity for its ongoing operations. The tables below set forth information concerning the composition of the investment securities portfolio at December 31, 2004, 2003, and 2002, and the maturity distribution of the investment securities portfolio at December 31, 2004. At December 31, 2004, we reported total investment securities of $2.09 billion. This represents an increase of $219.2 million, or 11.75%, over total investment securities of $1.87 billion at December 31, 2003. For 2003, investment securities increased $435.2 million, or 30.42%, greater than total investment securities of $1.42 billion at December 31, 2002. 
      Under SFAS No. 115, “Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities”, securities held as “available-for-sale” are reported at current market value for financial reporting purposes. The related unrealized gains or losses, net of income taxes, are recorded in stockholders’ equity. At December 31, 2004, securities held as available-for-sale had a fair market value of $2.09 billion, representing 100.00% of total investment securities with an amortized cost of $2.07 billion. At December 31, 2004, the net unrealized holding gain on securities available-for-sale was $15.3 million that resulted in accumulated other comprehensive income of $8.9 million (net of $6.4 million in deferred taxes). 
32 

      The composition of the investment portfolio at December 31, 2004 consists of the following: 
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Maturing		
 	 	 		
 	 	 	 	After One		 	 	 	After Five		 	 	
 	 	 	 	Weighted		 	Year		 	Weighted		 	Years		 	Weighted		 	After		 	Weighted		 	 	 	Weighted		 	 	
 	 	One Year		 	Average		 	through		 	Average		 	through		 	Average		 	Ten		 	Average		 	Balance as of		 	Average		 	% to		
2004	 	or Less		 	Yield		 	Five Years		 	Yield		 	Ten Years		 	Yield		 	Years		 	Yield		 	December 31,		 	Yield		 	Total		
 	 	 		 	 		 	 		 	 		 	 		 	 		 	 		 	 		 	 		 	 		 	 		
 	 	(Amounts in thousands)		
U.S. Treasury Securities	 	$	496	 	 	 	2.10	%	 	$	—	 	 	 	0.00	%	 	$	—	 	 	 	0.00	%	 	$	—	 	 	 	0.00	%	 	$	496	 	 	 	2.10	%	 	 	0.02	%	
Mortgage-backed securities	 	 	665	 	 	 	6.56	%	 	 	1,336,848	 	 	 	4.26	%	 	 	22,821	 	 	 	5.25	%	 	 	—	 	 	 	0.00	%	 	 	1,360,334	 	 	 	4.28	%	 	 	66.95	%	
CMO/ REMIC’s	 	 	22,329	 	 	 	5.51	%	 	 	312,030	 	 	 	4.27	%	 	 	11,268	 	 	 	4.74	%	 	 	—	 	 	 	0.00	%	 	 	345,627	 	 	 	4.37	%	 	 	17.01	%	
Government Agency and Government-Sponsored Enterprises	 	 	—	 	 	 	0.00	%	 	 	18,757	 	 	 	3.10	%	 	 	—	 	 	 	0.00	%	 	 	—	 	 	 	0.00	%	 	 	18,757	 	 	 	3.10	%	 	 	0.92	%	
Municipal Bonds	 	 	5,591	 	 	 	5.53	%	 	 	100,977	 	 	 	5.24	%	 	 	161,079	 	 	 	5.19	%	 	 	38,931	 	 	 	4.76	%	 	 	306,578	 	 	 	5.15	%	 	 	15.09	%	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	TOTAL	 	$	29,081	 	 	 	5.48	%	 	$	1,768,612	 	 	 	4.30	%	 	$	195,168	 	 	 	5.17	%	 	$	38,931	 	 	 	4.76	%	 	$	2,031,792	 	 	 	4.41	%	 	 	100.00	%	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
      The above table excludes securities without stated maturities. The maturity of each security category is defined as the contractual maturity except for the categories of mortgage-backed securities and CMO/ REMIC’s whose maturities are defined as the estimated average life. The final maturity of mortgage-backed securities and CMO/ REMIC’s will differ from their contractual maturities because the underlying mortgages have the right to repay such obligations without penalty. The speed at which the underlying mortgages repay is influenced by many factors, one of which is interest rates. Mortgages tend to repay faster as interest rates fall and slower as interest rate rise. This will either shorten or extend the estimated average life. Also, the yield on mortgages-backed securities and CMO/ REMIC’s are affected by the speed at which the underlying mortgages repay. This is caused by the change in the amount of amortization of premiums or accretion of discount of each security as repayments increase or decrease. The Company obtains the estimated average life of each security from independent third parties. 
      The weighted-average yield (TE) on the investment portfolio at December 31, 2004 was 4.38% with a weighted-average life of 3.6 years. This compares to a yield of 4.31% at December 31, 2003 with a weighted-average life of 3.2 years. The weighted average life is the average number of years that each dollar of unpaid principal due remains outstanding. Average life is computed as the weighted-average time to the receipt of all future cash flows, using as the weights the dollar amounts of the principal pay-downs. 
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	At December 31,		
 	 	 		
 	 	2004		 	2003		 	2002		
 	 	 		 	 		 	 		
 	 	Amount		 	Percent		 	Amount		 	Percent		 	Amount		 	Percent		
 	 	 		 	 		 	 		 	 		 	 		 	 		
 	 	(Amounts in thousands)		
U.S. Treasury Securities	 	$	496	 	 	 	0.02	%	 	$	503	 	 	 	0.03	%	 	$	503	 	 	 	0.04	%	
Mortgage-backed Securities	 	 	1,360,334	 	 	 	65.25	%	 	 	1,176,512	 	 	 	63.05	%	 	 	571,130	 	 	 	39.93	%	
CMO/ REMIC’s	 	 	345,627	 	 	 	16.58	%	 	 	293,771	 	 	 	15.75	%	 	 	341,930	 	 	 	23.90	%	
Government Agency and Government- Sponsored Enterprises	 	 	18,757	 	 	 	0.90	%	 	 	36,941	 	 	 	1.98	%	 	 	31,377	 	 	 	2.19	%	
Municipal Bonds	 	 	306,577	 	 	 	14.70	%	 	 	296,383	 	 	 	15.89	%	 	 	269,111	 	 	 	18.81	%	
Corporate Securities	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	139,206	 	 	 	9.73	%	
FHLMC Preferred Stock	 	 	52,705	 	 	 	2.53	%	 	 	61,100	 	 	 	3.27	%	 	 	56,100	 	 	 	3.92	%	
Other Debt Securities	 	 	518	 	 	 	0.02	%	 	 	572	 	 	 	0.03	%	 	 	21,242	 	 	 	1.48	%	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	TOTAL	 	$	2,085,014	 	 	 	100.00	%	 	$	1,865,782	 	 	 	100.00	%	 	$	1,430,599	 	 	 	100.00	%	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
      Approximately 92.67% of the portfolio represents securities issued by either the U.S. government or U.S. government-sponsored enterprises, which guarantee payment of principal and interest. 
33 

Composition of the Fair Value and Gross Unrealized Losses of Securities Available-for-Sale: 
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	December 31, 2004		
 	 	 		
 	 	Less than 12 Months		 	12 Months or Longer		 	Total		
 	 	 		 	 		 	 		
 	 	 	 	Gross		 	 	 	Gross		 	 	 	Gross		
 	 	 	 	Unrealized		 	 	 	Unrealized		 	 	 	Unrealized		
 	 	 	 	Holding		 	 	 	Holding		 	 	 	Holding		
Description of Securities	 	Fair Value		 	Losses		 	Fair Value		 	Losses		 	Fair Value		 	Losses		
 	 	 		 	 		 	 		 	 		 	 		 	 		
 	 	(Amounts in thousands)		
U.S. Treasury Securities	 	$	496	 	 	$	2	 	 	$	—	 	 	$	—	 	 	$	496	 	 	$	2	 	
Mortgage-backed securities	 	 	210,245	 	 	 	761	 	 	 	507,072	 	 	 	7,968	 	 	 	717,317	 	 	 	8,729	 	
CMO/ REMICs	 	 	90,111	 	 	 	681	 	 	 	52,014	 	 	 	229	 	 	 	142,125	 	 	 	910	 	
Government agency & Government-sponsored enterprises	 	 	12,711	 	 	 	179	 	 	 	6,047	 	 	 	51	 	 	 	18,758	 	 	 	230	 	
Municipal bonds	 	 	30,077	 	 	 	272	 	 	 	6,673	 	 	 	196	 	 	 	36,750	 	 	 	468	 	
FHLMC Preferred Stock	 	 	58,340	 	 	 	5,635	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	58,340	 	 	 	5,635	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	$	401,980	 	 	$	7,530	 	 	$	571,806	 	 	$	8,444	 	 	$	973,786	 	 	$	15,974	 	

 	 	December 31, 2003		
 	 	 		
 	 	Less than 12 Months		 	12 months or longer		 	Total		
 	 	 		 	 		 	 		
 	 	 	 	Gross		 	 	 	Gross		 	 	 	Gross		
 	 	 	 	Unrealized		 	 	 	Unrealized		 	 	 	Unrealized		
 	 	 	 	Holding		 	 	 	Holding		 	 	 	Holding		
Description of Securities	 	Fair Value		 	Losses		 	Fair Value		 	Losses		 	Fair Value		 	Losses		
 	 	 		 	 		 	 		 	 		 	 		 	 		
 	 	(Amounts in thousands)		
Mortgage-backed securities	 	$	655,580	 	 	$	8,206	 	 	$	11,604	 	 	$	27	 	 	$	667,184	 	 	$	8,233	 	
CMO/ REMICs	 	 	87,494	 	 	 	653	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	87,494	 	 	 	653	 	
Municipal bonds	 	 	7,992	 	 	 	208	 	 	 	295	 	 	 	1	 	 	 	8,287	 	 	 	209	 	
FHLMC Preferred Stock	 	 	21,500	 	 	 	2,250	 	 	 	39,600	 	 	 	400	 	 	 	61,100	 	 	 	2,650	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	$	772,566	 	 	$	11,317	 	 	$	51,499	 	 	$	428	 	 	$	824,065	 	 	$	11,745	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
      The tables above show the Company’s investment securities’ gross unrealized losses and fair value by investment category and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position, at December 31, 2004 and 2003. We have reviewed individual securities classified as available-for-sale to determine whether a decline in fair value below the amortized cost basis is other-than-temporary. If it is probable that we will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of a debt security not impaired at acquisition, an other-than-temporary impairment shall be considered to have occurred. If an other-than-temporary impairment occurs the cost basis of the security would be written down to its fair value as a new cost basis and the write down accounted for as a realized loss. 
      At the end of first quarter 2004, we recorded a write down of $6.3 million related to FHLMC Preferred Stock in order to adjust this FHLMC Preferred Stock to fair value. This stock has a variable rate of interest, changing with LIBOR every 3 or 12 months depending on the issue. 
      Despite the unrealized loss position of these securities, we have concluded, as of December 31, 2004 and 2003, that these investments are not other-than-temporarily impaired. This assessment was based on the following factors: i) the length of the time and the extent to which the market value has been less than cost; ii) the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer; iii) the intent and ability of the Company to retain its investment in a security for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in market value; and iv) general market conditions which reflect prospects for the economy as a whole, including interest rates and sector credit spreads. 
34 

Loans 
      At December 31, 2004, the Company reported total loans, net of deferred loan fees, of $2.14 billion. This represents an increase of $380.1 million, or 21.60%, over total loans of $1.76 billion at December 31, 2003. For 2003, total loans increased $313.9 million, or 21.71%, over total loans, net of deferred loan fees of $1.45 billion at December 31, 2002. 
      Table 4 presents the distribution of our loan portfolio at the dates indicated. 
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	December 31,		
 	 	 		
 	 	2004		 	2003		 	2002		 	2001		 	2000		
 	 	 		 	 		 	 		 	 		 	 		
 	 	(Amounts in thousands)		
Commercial and Industrial(1)	 	 	905,139	 	 	$	856,373	 	 	$	667,316	 	 	$	491,989	 	 	$	425,130	 	
Real Estate	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Construction	 	 	235,849	 	 	 	156,287	 	 	 	105,486	 	 	 	69,603	 	 	 	58,373	 	
 	Mortgage(1)	 	 	553,000	 	 	 	388,626	 	 	 	396,707	 	 	 	422,085	 	 	 	401,408	 	
Consumer, net of unearned discount	 	 	38,521	 	 	 	44,645	 	 	 	26,750	 	 	 	19,968	 	 	 	22,642	 	
Municipal Lease Finance Receivables	 	 	71,675	 	 	 	37,866	 	 	 	17,852	 	 	 	20,836	 	 	 	23,633	 	
Auto and equipment leases	 	 	52,783	 	 	 	28,497	 	 	 	21,193	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	
Agribusiness	 	 	297,659	 	 	 	255,039	 	 	 	214,849	 	 	 	166,441	 	 	 	123,614	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Gross Loans	 	 	2,154,626	 	 	 	1,767,333	 	 	 	1,450,153	 	 	 	1,190,922	 	 	 	1,054,800	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Less:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Allowance for Credit Losses	 	 	22,494	 	 	 	21,282	 	 	 	21,666	 	 	 	20,469	 	 	 	19,152	 	
 	Deferred Loan Fees	 	 	14,552	 	 	 	7,392	 	 	 	4,144	 	 	 	3,382	 	 	 	3,307	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total Net Loans	 	$	2,117,580	 	 	$	1,738,659	 	 	$	1,424,343	 	 	$	1,167,071	 	 	$	1,032,341	 	

		
(1) 	Included as Commercial and Industrial and Real Estate Mortgage loans are loans totaling $94.9 million for 2004, $79.8 million for 2003, $70.9 million for 2002, $63.6 million for 2001, and $59.1 million for 2000 that represent loans to agricultural concerns for commercial or real estate purposes.	
      Commercial and industrial loans are loans to commercial entities to finance capital purchases or improvements, or to provide cash flow for operations. Real estate loans are loans secured by conforming first trust deeds on real property, including property under construction, commercial property and multifamily residences. Consumer loans include installment loans to consumers as well as home equity loans and other loans secured by junior liens on real property. Municipal lease finance receivables are leases to municipalities. Agribusiness loans are loans to finance the operating needs of wholesale dairy farm operations, cattle feeders, livestock raisers, and farmers. 
      Table 5 provides the maturity distribution for commercial and industrial loans, real estate construction loans and agribusiness loans as of December 31, 2004. The loan amounts are based on contractual maturities although the borrowers have the ability to prepay the loans. Amounts are also classified according to re-pricing opportunities or rate sensitivity. 
35 

 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	After One		 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	But		 	 	 	 	
 	 	Within		 	Within		 	After Five		 	 	
 	 	One Year		 	Five Years		 	Years		 	Total		
 	 	 		 	 		 	 		 	 		
 	 	(Amounts in thousands)		
Types of Loans:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Commercial and industrial(1)	 	$	212,245	 	 	$	151,682	 	 	$	1,015,857	 	 	$	1,379,784	 	
 	Construction	 	 	213,043	 	 	 	17,142	 	 	 	5,664	 	 	 	235,849	 	
 	Agribusiness	 	 	285,110	 	 	 	6,202	 	 	 	6,347	 	 	 	297,659	 	
 	Other	 	 	11,649	 	 	 	33,839	 	 	 	195,846	 	 	 	241,334	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	$	722,047	 	 	$	208,865	 	 	$	1,223,714	 	 	$	2,154,626	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Amount of Loans based upon:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Fixed Rates	 	$	34,969	 	 	$	131,930	 	 	$	272,621	 	 	$	439,520	 	
 	Floating or adjustable rates	 	 	687,078	 	 	 	76,935	 	 	 	951,093	 	 	 	1,715,106	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	$	722,047	 	 	$	208,865	 	 	$	1,223,714	 	 	$	2,154,626	 	

		
(1) 	Includes approximately $474.6 million in fixed rate commercial real estate loans. These loans are classified as real estate mortgage loans for the financial statements, but are accounted for as commercial and industrial loans on the Company’s books.	
      As a normal practice in extending credit for commercial and industrial purposes, we may accept trust deeds on real property as collateral. In some cases, when the primary source of repayment for the loan is anticipated to come from the cash flow from normal operations of the borrower, the requirement of real property as collateral is not the primary source of repayment but an abundance of caution. In these cases, the real property is considered a secondary source of repayment for the loan. Since we lend primarily in Southern California, our real estate loan collateral is concentrated in this region. At December 31, 2004, substantially all of our loans secured by real estate were collateralized by properties located in Southern California. This concentration is considered when determining the adequacy of our allowance for credit losses. 
Non-Performing Assets 
      At December 31, 2004, non-performing assets, which included non-performing loans, (nonaccrual loans, loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing interest, and restructured loans) (see Credit Risk) totaled $2,000. This represented a decrease of $546,000, or 99.64%, compared to non-performing assets of $548,000 at December 31, 2003. For 2003, total non-performing assets decreased $276,000, or 33.50%, from total non-performing assets of $824,000 at December 31, 2002. The decrease in non-performing assets for 2004 compared to 2003 reflects a decrease in loans past due 90 days or more offset by an increase in nonaccrual loans. The decrease in non-performing assets for 2003 compared to 2002 reflects a decrease in nonaccrual loans offset by an increase in loans past due 90 days or more. In addition, we classified loans as impaired totaling $2,000 at December 31, 2004. This represented a decrease of $570,000 or 99.71%, compared to loans classified as impaired of $572,000 at December 31, 2003. A loan is impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that a creditor will be unable to collect all amounts (contractual interest and principal) according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. 
      At December 31, 2004, we had loans on which interest was no longer accruing (nonaccrual) totaling $2,000. This represented a decrease of $546,000, or 99.64%, from total nonaccrual loans of $548,000 at December 31, 2003. For 2003, total nonaccrual loans increased $358,000, or 188.42%, over total nonaccrual loans of $190,000 at December 31, 2002. Loans are put on nonaccrual after 90 days of non-performance. They can also be put on nonaccrual should, in the judgment of management, the collectability is determined to be doubtful. When loans are placed on non-accrual, all previously accrued and unpaid interest is reversed in current earnings. The Bank has allocated specific reserves included in the allowance for credit losses for potential losses on these loans. 
36 

      A restructured loan is a loan on which terms or conditions have been modified due to the deterioration of the borrower’s financial condition. At December 31, 2004, and 2003 we had no loans that were classified as restructured. 
      Although we believe that non-performing loans are generally well secured and that potential losses are provided for in our allowance for credit losses, there can be no assurance that future deterioration in economic conditions or collateral values will not result in future credit losses. Table 6 provides information on non-performing loans and other real estate owned at the dates indicated. 
TABLE 6 — Non-Performing Assets 
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	December 31,		
 	 	 		
 	 	2004		 	2003		 	2002		 	2001		 	2000		
 	 	 		 	 		 	 		 	 		 	 		
 	 	(Amounts in thousands)		
Nonaccrual loans	 	$	2	 	 	$	548	 	 	$	190	 	 	$	1,574	 	 	$	966	 	
Loans past due 90 days or more	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	634	 	 	 	4	 	 	 	—	 	
Restructured loans	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	
Other real estate owned (OREO)	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	359	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total nonperforming assets	 	$	2	 	 	$	548	 	 	$	824	 	 	$	1,578	 	 	$	1,325	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Percentage of nonperforming assets to total loans outstanding & OREO	 	 	0.00	%	 	 	0.03	%	 	 	0.06	%	 	 	0.13	%	 	 	0.13	%	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Percentage of nonperforming assets to total assets	 	 	0.00	%	 	 	0.01	%	 	 	0.03	%	 	 	0.06	%	 	 	0.06	%	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
      Except for non-performing loans as set forth in Table 6 and loans disclosed as impaired, (see “Risk Management — Credit Risk” herein) we are not aware of any loans as of December 31, 2004 for which known credit problems of the borrower would cause serious doubts as to the ability of such borrowers to comply with their present loan repayment terms, or any known events that would result in the loan being designated as non-performing at some future date. We cannot, however, predict the extent to which the deterioration in general economic conditions, real estate values, increase in general rates of interest, change in the financial conditions or business of a borrower may adversely affect a borrower’s ability to pay. 
      At December 31, 2004, and 2003 the Company held no properties as other real estate owned. 
Deposits 
      The primary source of funds to support earning assets (loans and investments) is the generation of deposits from our customer base. The ability to grow the customer base and subsequently deposits is a crucial element in the performance of the Company. 
      We reported total deposits of $2.88 billion at December 31, 2004. This represented an increase of $214.5 million, or 8.06%, over total deposits of $2.66 billion at December 31, 2003. During 2003, total deposits increased $350.5 million, or 15.18%, over total deposits of $2.31 billion at December 31, 2002. 
      The amount of non-interest-bearing demand deposits in relation to total deposits is an integral element in achieving a low cost of funds. Non-interest-bearing deposits represented 45.99% of total deposits as of December 31, 2004 and 42.94% of total deposits as of December 31, 2003. Non-interest-bearing demand deposits totaled $1.32 billion at December 31, 2004. This represented an increase of $179.9 million, or 15.75%, over total non-interest-bearing demand deposits of $1.14 million at December 31, 2003. For 2003, total non-interest-bearing demand deposits increased $183.7 million, or 19.16%, over non-interest-bearing demand deposits of $958.7 million at December 31, 2002. 
37 

      Table 7 provides the remaining maturities of large denomination ($100,000 or more) time deposits, including public funds, at December 31, 2004. 
TABLE 7 — Maturity Distribution of Large Denomination Time Deposits 
 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	(Amounts in thousands)		
3 months or less	 	$	172,564	 	
Over 3 months through 6 months	 	 	137,688	 	
Over 6 months through 12 months	 	 	40,876	 	
Over 12 months	 	 	3,932	 	
 	 	 	 	
 	Total	 	$	355,060	 	
 	 	 	 	
Other Borrowed Funds 
      To achieve the desired growth in earning assets we fund that growth through generating a source of funds. The first source of funds we pursue is non-interest-bearing deposits (the lowest cost of funds to the Company), next we pursue the growth in interest-bearing deposits and finally we supplement the growth in deposits with borrowed funds. Borrowed funds, as a percent of total funding (total deposits plus demand notes plus borrowed funds) was 29.16% at December 31, 2004, as compared to 22.79% at December 31, 2003. 
      During 2004 and 2003, we entered into short-term borrowing agreements with the Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB). We had outstanding balances of $226.0 million and $318.0 million under these agreements at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively. FHLB held certain investment securities of the Bank as collateral for those borrowings. On December 31, 2004, we entered into an overnight agreement with certain financial institutions to borrow an aggregate of $130.0 million at a weighted average annual interest rate of 1.4 %. We maintained cash deposits with the financial institutions as collateral for these borrowings. The increase was primarily due to funding for the growth of earning assets. 
      During 2004 and 2003, we entered into long-term borrowing agreements with the FHLB. We had outstanding balances of $830.0 million and $381.0 million under these agreements at December 31, 2004 and 2003, with weighted-average interest rates of 3.1% and 3.4% as of December 31, 2004 and 2003 respectively. We had an average outstanding balance of $587.9 million and $400.3 million as of December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively. FHLB held certain investment securities of the Bank as collateral for those borrowings. 
      At December 31, 2004, borrowed funds totaled $1.19 billion. This represented an increase of $399.5 million, or 50.79%, from total borrowed funds of $786.5 million at December 31, 2003. For 2003, total borrowed funds increased $318.5 million, or 68.06%, from a balance of $468.0 million at December 31, 2002. The maximum outstanding at any month-end was $1.19 billion during 2004, $793.0 million during 2003, and $468.0 million during 2002. 
38 

Aggregate Contractual Obligations 
      The following table summarizes the aggregate contractual principal obligations as of December 31, 2004: 
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	Maturity by Period		
 	 	 	 	 		
 	 	 	 	 	 	One Year		 	Four Year		 	 	
 	 	 	 	Less Than		 	to Three		 	to Five		 	After Five		
 	 	Total		 	One Year		 	Years		 	Years		 	Years		
 	 	 		 	 		 	 		 	 		 	 		
 	 	(Amounts in thousands)		
2004	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Deposits	 	$	2,875,039	 	 	$	2,394,874	 	 	$	479,268	 	 	$	239	 	 	$	658	 	
FHLB and Other Borrowings	 	 	1,186,000	 	 	 	356,000	 	 	 	730,000	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	100,000	 	
Junior Subordinated Debentures	 	 	82,476	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	82,476	 	
Deferred Compensation	 	 	7,685	 	 	 	796	 	 	 	1,433	 	 	 	1,433	 	 	 	4,023	 	
Operating Leases	 	 	18,735	 	 	 	4,143	 	 	 	6,847	 	 	 	4,285	 	 	 	2,667	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Total	 	$	4,169,142	 	 	$	2,755,813	 	 	$	1,217,548	 	 	$	5,957	 	 	$	189,824	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
      Deposits represent non-interest bearing, money market, savings, NOW, certificates of deposits, brokered and all other deposits held by the Company. 
      FHLB borrowings represent the amounts that are due to the Federal Home Loan Bank. These borrowings have fixed maturity dates. Other borrowings represent the amounts that are due to overnight Federal funds purchases and TT&L. 
      Junior subordinated debentures represent the amounts that are due from the Company to CVB Statutory Trust I & CVB Statutory Trust II. The debentures have the same maturity as the Trust Preferred Securities, which mature in 2033, but become callable in whole or in part in 2008. 
      Deferred compensation represents the amounts that are due to former employees’ salary continuation agreements as a result of acquisitions. 
      Operating leases represent the total minimum lease payments under noncancelable operating leases. 
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements 
      At December 31, 2004, we had commitments to extend credit of approximately $762.9 million, and obligations under letters of credit of $71.5 million. The Bank also has available lines of credit totaling $958.2 million from certain financial institutions. Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to customers, provided there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Commitments are generally variable rate, and many of these commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon. As such, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. We use the same credit underwriting policies in granting or accepting such commitments or contingent obligations as it does for on-balance sheet instruments, which consist of evaluating customers’ creditworthiness individually. 
      Standby letters of credit written are conditional commitments issued by the Bank to guarantee the financial performance of a customer to a third party. Those guarantees are primarily issued to support private borrowing arrangements. The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loan facilities to customers. When deemed necessary, we hold appropriate collateral supporting those commitments. We do not anticipate any material losses as a result of these transactions. 
39 

      The following table summarized the off-balance sheet items: 
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	Maturity by Period		
 	 	 	 	 		
 	 	 	 	 	 	One Year		 	Four Year		 	 	
 	 	 	 	Less Than		 	to Three		 	to Five		 	After Five		
 	 	Total		 	One Year		 	Years		 	Years		 	Years		
 	 	 		 	 		 	 		 	 		 	 		
 	 	(Amounts in thousands)		
2004	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Commitment to extend credit	 	 	762,877	 	 	 	389,772	 	 	 	31,906	 	 	 	53,800	 	 	 	287,399	 	
Obligations under letters of credit	 	 	71,530	 	 	 	53,965	 	 	 	11,269	 	 	 	6,296	 	 	 	—	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Total	 	$	834,407	 	 	$	443,737	 	 	$	43,175	 	 	$	60,096	 	 	$	287,399	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Liquidity and Cash Flow 
      Since the primary sources and uses of funds for the Bank are loans and deposits, the relationship between gross loans and total deposits provides a useful measure of the Bank’s liquidity. Typically, the closer the ratio of loans to deposits is to 100%, the more reliant the Bank is on its loan portfolio to provide for short-term liquidity needs. Since repayment of loans tends to be less predictable than the maturity of investments and other liquid resources, the higher the loans to deposit ratio the less liquid are the Bank’s assets. For 2004, the Bank’s loan to deposit ratio averaged 68.99%, compared to an average ratio of 62.82% for 2003, and a ratio of 60.51% for 2002. 
      CVB is a company separate and apart from the Bank that must provide for its own liquidity. Substantially all of CVB’s revenues are obtained from dividends declared and paid by the Bank. The remaining cashflow is from rents paid by third parties on office space in our corporate headquarters. There are statutory and regulatory provisions that could limit the ability of the Bank to pay dividends to CVB. At December 31, 2004, approximately $75.0 million of the Bank’s equity was unrestricted and available to be paid as dividends to CVB. Management of CVB believes that such restrictions will not have an impact on the ability of CVB to meet its ongoing cash obligations. As of December 31, 2004, neither the Bank nor CVB had any material commitments for capital expenditures. 
      For the Bank, sources of funds normally include principal payments on loans and investments, other borrowed funds, and growth in deposits. Uses of funds include withdrawal of deposits, interest paid on deposits, increased loan balances, purchases, and other operating expenses. 
      Net cash provided by operating activities totaled $75.7 million for 2004, $71.9 million for 2003, and $61.3 million for 2002. The increase for 2004 compared to 2003 was primarily the result of the increase in net interest income as a result of the growth in average earning assets. 
      Cash used for investing activities totaled $695.4 million for 2004, compared to $768.6 million for 2003 and $405.2 million for 2002. The funds used for investing activities primarily represented increases in investments and loans for each year reported. Funds obtained from investing activities for each year were obtained primarily from the sale and maturity of investment securities. 
      Funds provided from financing activities totaled $529.1 million for 2004, compared to $629.6 million for 2003 and $365.2 million for 2002. Cash flows from financing activities resulted from an increase in transaction deposits and borrowings, and to a lesser extent from money market, savings deposits. 
      At December 31, 2004, cash and cash equivalents totaled $84.4 million. This represented a decrease of $27.7, or 24.65%, from a total of $112.0 million at December 31, 2003. 
		
	Capital Resources	
      Historically, the primary source of capital for the Company has been the retention of operating earnings. In order to ensure adequate levels of capital, we conduct an ongoing assessment of projected sources and uses of capital in conjunction with projected increases in assets and the level of risk. 
40 

      Total stockholders’ equity was $317.5 million at December 31, 2004. This represented an increase of $30.8 million, or 10.73%, over total stockholders’ equity of $286.7 million at December 31, 2003. For 2003, total stockholders’ equity increased $26.9 million, or 10.35%, over total stockholders’ equity of $259.8 million at December 31, 2002. 
      The following table presents the amounts of regulatory capital and the capital ratios for the Company, compared to its minimum regulatory capital requirements as of December 31, 2004. 
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	As of December 31, 2004		
 	 	 		
 	 	Actual		 	Required		 	Excess		
 	 	 		 	 		 	 		
 	 	Amount		 	Ratio		 	Amount		 	Ratio		 	Amount		 	Ratio		
 	 	 		 	 		 	 		 	 		 	 		 	 		
 	 	(Amounts in thousands)		
Leverage ratio	 	$	362,804	 	 	 	8.3%	 	 	$	174,845	 	 	 	4.0%	 	 	$	187,959	 	 	 	4.3%	 	
Tier 1 risk-based ratio	 	 	362,804	 	 	 	12.6%	 	 	 	115,359	 	 	 	4.0%	 	 	 	247,445	 	 	 	8.6%	 	
Total risk-based ratio	 	 	387,031	 	 	 	13.4%	 	 	 	230,718	 	 	 	8.0%	 	 	 	156,313	 	 	 	5.4%	 	
      The following table presents the amounts of regulatory capital and the capital ratios for the Bank, compared to its minimum regulatory capital requirements as of December 31, 2004. 
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	As of December 31, 2004		
 	 	 		
 	 	Actual		 	Required		 	Excess		
 	 	 		 	 		 	 		
 	 	Amount		 	Ratio		 	Amount		 	Ratio		 	Amount		 	Ratio		
 	 	 		 	 		 	 		 	 		 	 		 	 		
 	 	(Amounts in thousands)		
Leverage ratio	 	$	341,433	 	 	 	7.8%	 	 	$	174,423	 	 	 	4.0%	 	 	$	167,010	 	 	 	3.8%	 	
Tier 1 risk-based ratio	 	 	341,433	 	 	 	11.9%	 	 	 	114,864	 	 	 	4.0%	 	 	 	226,569	 	 	 	7.9%	 	
Total risk-based ratio	 	 	365,660	 	 	 	12.7%	 	 	 	229,793	 	 	 	8.0%	 	 	 	135,867	 	 	 	4.7%	 	
      For purposes of calculating capital ratios, bank regulators have excluded adjustments to stockholders’ equity that result from mark-to-market adjustments of available-for-sale investment securities. At December 31, 2004, we had an unrealized gain on investment securities net of taxes of $8.9 million, compared to an unrealized gain net of taxes of $17.3 million at December 31, 2003. 
      Bank regulators have established minimum capital adequacy guidelines requiring that qualifying capital be at least 8.0% of risk-based assets, of which at least 4.0% must be Tier I capital (primarily stockholders’ equity). These ratios represent minimum capital standards. Under Prompt Corrective Action rules, certain levels of capital adequacy have been established for financial institutions. Depending on an institution’s capital ratios, the established levels can result in restrictions or limits on permissible activities. In addition to the aforementioned requirements, the Company and Bank must also meet minimum leverage ratio standards. The leverage ratio is calculated as Tier I capital divided by the most recent quarter’s average total assets. 
      The highest level for capital adequacy under Prompt Corrective Action is “Well Capitalized”. To qualify for this level of capital adequacy an institution must maintain a total risk-based capital ratio of at least 10.00% and a Tier I risk-based capital ratio of at least 6.00%. 
      During 2004, the Board of Directors of the Company declared quarterly cash dividends that totaled $0.48 per share for the full year after retroactive adjustment of a 5-for-4 stock split declared on December 15, 2004. We do not believe that the continued payment of cash dividends will impact the ability of the Company to continue to exceed the current minimum capital standards. 
      In October 2001, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to 2.0 million shares (all share amounts will not be adjusted to reflect stock dividends and splits) of our common stock. During 2004, 2003 and 2002, we repurchased 99,504, 349,300, and 100,000 shares of common stock, for the total price of $2.0 million, $7.1 million, and $2.1 million respectively. As of December 31, 2004, 1,451,196 shares are available to be repurchased in the future under this repurchase plan. 
41 

RISK MANAGEMENT 
      We have adopted a Risk Management Plan to ensure the proper control and management of all risk factors inherent in the operation of the Company and the Bank. Specifically, credit risk, interest rate risk, liquidity risk, transaction risk, compliance risk, strategic risk, reputation risk, price risk and foreign exchange risk, can all affect the market risk exposure of the Company. These specific risk factors are not mutually exclusive. It is recognized that any product or service offered by the Company may expose the Bank to one or more of these risks. 
Credit Risk 
      Credit risk is defined as the risk to earnings or capital arising from an obligor’s failure to meet the terms of any contract or otherwise fail to perform as agreed. Credit risk is found in all activities where success depends on counter party, issuer, or borrower performance. Credit risk arises through the extension of loans and leases, certain securities, and letters of credit. 
      Credit risk in the investment portfolio and correspondent bank accounts is addressed through defined limits in our policy statements. In addition, certain securities carry insurance to enhance credit quality of the bond. Limitations on industry concentration, aggregate customer borrowings, geographic boundaries and standards on loan quality also are designed to reduce loan credit risk. Senior Management, Directors’ Committees, and the Board of Directors are provided with information to appropriately identify, measure, control and monitor the credit risk of the Bank. 
      Implicit in lending activities is the risk that losses will occur and that the amount of such losses will vary over time. Consequently, we maintain an allowance for credit losses by charging a provision for credit losses to earnings. Loans determined to be losses are charged against the allowance for credit losses. Our allowance for credit losses is maintained at a level considered by us to be adequate to provide for estimated probable losses inherent in the existing portfolio, and unused commitments to provide financing, including commitments under commercial and standby letters of credit. 
      The allowance for credit losses is based upon estimates of probable losses inherent in the loan and lease portfolio. The nature of the process by which we determine the appropriate allowance for credit losses requires the exercise of considerable judgment. The amount actually observed in respect of these losses can vary significantly from the estimated amounts. We employ a systemic methodology that is intended to reduce the differences between estimated and actual losses. 
      Our methodology for assessing the appropriateness of the allowance is conducted on a regular basis and considers all loans. The systemic methodology consists of two major elements. 
      The first major element includes a detailed analysis of the loan portfolio in two phases. The first phase is conducted in accordance with SFAS No. 114, “Accounting by Creditors for the Impairment of a Loan”, as amended by SFAS No. 118, “Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of a Loan — Income Recognition and Disclosures.” Individual loans are reviewed to identify loans for impairment. A loan is impaired when principal and interest are deemed uncollectible in accordance with the original contractual terms of the loan. Impairment is measured as either the expected future cash flows discounted at each loan’s effective interest rate, the fair value of the loan’s collateral if the loan is collateral dependent, or an observable market price of the loan (if one exists). Upon measuring the impairment, we will ensure an appropriate level of allowance is present or established. 
      Central to the first phase is our loan risk rating system. The originating credit officer assigns borrowers an initial risk rating, which is based primarily on a thorough analysis of each borrower’s financial capacity in conjunction with industry and economic trends. Approvals are made based upon the amount of inherent credit risk specific to the transaction and are reviewed for appropriateness by senior line and credit administration personnel. Credits are monitored by line and credit administration personnel for deterioration in a borrower’s financial condition, which would impact the ability of the borrower to perform under the contract. Risk ratings are adjusted as necessary. 
42 

      Loans are risk rated into the following categories: Impaired, Doubtful, Substandard, Special Mention and Pass. Each of these groups is assessed for the proper amount to be used in determining the adequacy of our allowance for losses. While each loan is looked at annually to determine its proper classification, the Impaired and Doubtful loans are analyzed on an individual basis for allowance amounts. The other categories have formulae used to determine the needed allowance amount. 
      Based on the risk rating system specific allowances are established in cases where management has identified significant conditions or circumstances related to a credit that we believe indicates the probability that a loss has been incurred. We perform a detailed analysis of these loans, including, but not limited to, cash flows, appraisals of the collateral, conditions of the marketplace for liquidating the collateral and assessment of the guarantors. We then determine the inherent loss potential and allocate a portion of the allowance for losses as a specific allowance for each of these credits. 
      The second phase is conducted by evaluating or segmenting the remainder of the loan portfolio into groups or pools of loans with similar characteristics in accordance with SFAS No. 5, “Accounting for Contingencies.” In this second phase, groups or pools of homogeneous loans are reviewed to determine a portfolio formula allowance. In the case of the portfolio formula allowance, homogeneous portfolios, such as small business lending, consumer loans, agricultural loans, and real estate loans, are aggregated or pooled in determining the appropriate allowance. The risk assessment process in this case emphasizes trends in the different portfolios for delinquency, loss, and other-behavioral characteristics of the subject portfolios. 
      The second major element in our methodology for assessing the appropriateness of the allowance consists of our consideration of all known relevant internal and external factors that may affect a loan’s collectibility. This includes our estimates of the amounts necessary for concentrations, economic uncertainties, the volatility of the market value of collateral, and other relevant factors. The relationship of the two major elements of the allowance to the total allowance may fluctuate from period to period. 
      In the second major element of the analysis which considers all known relevant internal and external factors that may affect a loan’s collectibility is based upon our evaluation of various conditions, the effects of which are not directly measured in the determination of the formula and specific allowances. The evaluation of the inherent loss with respect to these conditions is subject to a higher degree of uncertainty because they are not identified with specific problem credits or portfolio segments. The conditions evaluated in connection with the second element of the analysis of the allowance include, but are not limited to the following conditions that existed as of the balance sheet date: 
			
 	• 	then-existing general economic and business conditions affecting the key lending areas of the Company,	
 		
 	• 	then-existing economic and business conditions of areas outside the lending areas, such as other sections of the United States, Asia and Latin America,	
 		
 	• 	credit quality trends (including trends in non-performing loans expected to result from existing conditions),	
 		
 	• 	collateral values,	
 		
 	• 	loan volumes and concentrations,	
 		
 	• 	seasoning of the loan portfolio,	
 		
 	• 	specific industry conditions within portfolio segments,	
 		
 	• 	recent loss experience in particular segments of the portfolio,	
 		
 	• 	duration of the current business cycle,	
 		
 	• 	bank regulatory examination results and	
 		
 	• 	findings of our internal credit examiners.	
43 

      We review these conditions in discussion with our senior credit officers. To the extent that any of these conditions is evidenced by a specifically identifiable problem credit or portfolio segment as of the evaluation date, our estimate of the effect of such condition may be reflected as a specific allowance applicable to such credit or portfolio segment. Where any of these conditions is not evidenced by a specifically identifiable problem credit or portfolio segment as of the evaluation date, our evaluation of the inherent loss related to such condition is reflected in the second major element allowance. Although we have allocated a portion of the allowance to specific loan categories, the adequacy of the allowance must be considered in its entirety. 
      We maintain an allowance for inherent credit losses that is increased by a provision for credit losses charged against operating results. The allowance for credit losses is also increased by recoveries on loans previously charged off and reduced by actual loan losses charged to the allowance. We did not have provision for credit losses for 2004, 2003 and 2002. 
      At December 31, 2004, we reported an allowance for credit losses of $22.5 million. This represents an increase of $1.2 million, or 5.69%, from the allowance for credit losses of $21.3 million at December 31, 2003. During the year 2004, we did not make a provision for credit losses. The increase of $1.2 million was due to the net recoveries of $1.2 million. At December 31, 2003, we reported an allowance for credit losses of $21.3 million. This represented a decrease of $383,000, or 1.77%, from the allowance for credit losses of $21.7 million at December 31, 2002. During the year 2003, we did not make a provision for credit losses. The decrease of $383,000 was due to a one-time reclassification of $1.8 million from the allowance for credit losses for unused committed lines of credit to other liabilities in December 2004 and the net charge offs of $1.4 million, offset by the $2.8 million allowance of credit losses from Kaweah National Bank as a result of the acquisition. (See Table 8 — Summary of Credit Loss Experience.) 
      At December 31, 2004, we had loans classified as impaired totaling $2,000. This represents a decrease of $570,000, or 99.65% compared to loans classified impaired of $572,000 at December 31, 2003. For 2003, impaired loans decreased $4.2 million, or 87.91%, from impaired loans of $4.7 million at December 2002. Impaired loans, measured as a percent of gross loans, equaled 0.00%, 0.03%, and 0.33%, at December 31, 2004, 2003, and 2002 respectively. These decreases reflect the quality of the loan portfolio, which is also reflected in the fact that we have not made a provision for loan and leases losses in the last three years. 
      Non-performing loans totaled $2,000 at December 31, 2004. This represented a decrease of $546,000 or 99.64%, from non-performing loans of $548,000 at December 31, 2003. For 2003, non-performing loans decreased $276,000, or 33.50%, from non-performing loans of $824,000 at December 31, 2002. Non-performing loans, measured as a percent of gross loans, equaled 0.00%, 0.03%, and 0.06%, at December 31, 2004, 2003, and 2002, respectively. Non-accrual loans decreased $546,000, or 99.64% to $2,000 at December 31, 2004. 
      For 2004, we charged-off $2.3 million of loans net of $3.5 million recoveries to the allowance for credit losses. This represented an increase of $2.6 million, or 185.47% to the allowance for credit losses, from 2003, in which we charged-off $1.4 million of loans, net of recoveries to the allowance for credit losses. For 2003, charged-off loans increased $290,000 or 25.71%, from 2002, in which we charged-off $1.1 million of loans, net of recoveries to the allowance for credit losses. 
44 

      Table 8 presents a comparison of net credit losses, the provision for credit losses (including adjustments incidental to mergers), and the resulting allowance for credit losses for each of the years indicated. 
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	As of and For Years Ended December 31,		
 	 	 		
 	 	2004		 	2003		 	2002		 	2001		 	2000		
 	 	 		 	 		 	 		 	 		 	 		
 	 	(Amounts in thousands)		
Amount of Total Loans at End of Period(1)	 	$	2,140,074	 	 	$	1,759,941	 	 	$	1,446,009	 	 	$	1,187,540	 	 	$	1,051,493	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Average Total Loans Outstanding(1)	 	$	1,905,144	 	 	$	1,529,944	 	 	$	1,247,384	 	 	$	1,067,621	 	 	$	981,045	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Allowance for Credit Losses at Beginning of Period	 	$	21,282	 	 	$	21,666	 	 	$	20,469	 	 	$	19,152	 	 	$	16,761	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Loans Charged-Off:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Real Estate	 	 	1,002	 	 	 	982	 	 	 	41	 	 	 	113	 	 	 	559	 	
 	Commercial and Industrial	 	 	943	 	 	 	1,507	 	 	 	2,048	 	 	 	854	 	 	 	193	 	
 	Agribusiness	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	
 	Lease Finance Receivables	 	 	110	 	 	 	396	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	
 	Consumer Loans	 	 	265	 	 	 	132	 	 	 	320	 	 	 	81	 	 	 	22	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Total Loans Charged-Off	 	 	2,320	 	 	 	3,017	 	 	 	2,409	 	 	 	1,048	 	 	 	774	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Recoveries:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Real Estate Loans	 	 	775	 	 	 	336	 	 	 	1,062	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	139	 	
 	Commercial and Industrial	 	 	2,558	 	 	 	889	 	 	 	176	 	 	 	455	 	 	 	221	 	
 	Agribusiness	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	
 	Lease Finance Receivables	 	 	86	 	 	 	262	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	
 	Consumer Loans	 	 	113	 	 	 	112	 	 	 	43	 	 	 	160	 	 	 	5	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Total Loans Recovered	 	 	3,532	 	 	 	1,599	 	 	 	1,281	 	 	 	615	 	 	 	365	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net Loans Charged-Off	 	 	(1,212	)	 	 	1,418	 	 	 	1,128	 	 	 	433	 	 	 	409	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Provision Charged to Operating Expense	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	1,750	 	 	 	2,800	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Adjustments Incident to Mergers and reclassifications	 	 	—	 	 	 	1,034	 	 	 	2,325	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Allowance for Credit Losses at End of period	 	$	22,494	 	 	$	21,282	 	 	$	21,666	 	 	$	20,469	 	 	$	19,152	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net Loans Charged-Off to Average Total Loans	 	 	-0.06	%	 	 	0.09	%	 	 	0.09	%	 	 	0.04	%	 	 	0.04	%	
Net Loans Charged-Off to Total Loans at End of Period	 	 	-0.06	%	 	 	0.08	%	 	 	0.08	%	 	 	0.04	%	 	 	0.04	%	
Allowance for Credit Losses to Average Total Loans	 	 	1.18	%	 	 	1.39	%	 	 	1.74	%	 	 	1.92	%	 	 	1.95	%	
Allowance for Credit Losses to Total Loans at End of Period	 	 	1.05	%	 	 	1.21	%	 	 	1.50	%	 	 	1.72	%	 	 	1.82	%	
Net Loans Charged-Off to Allowance for Credit Losses	 	 	-5.39	%	 	 	6.66	%	 	 	5.21	%	 	 	2.12	%	 	 	2.14	%	
Net Loans Charged-Off to Provision for Credit Losses	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	24.74	%	 	 	14.61	%	

(1) 	Net of deferred loan origination fees.	
45 

      While we believe that the allowance at December 31, 2004, was adequate to absorb losses from any known or inherent risks in the portfolio, no assurance can be given that economic conditions which adversely affect our service areas or other circumstances will not be reflected in increased provisions or credit losses in the future. 
      Table 9 provides a summary of the allocation of the allowance for credit losses for specific loan categories at the dates indicated. The allocations presented should not be interpreted as an indication that loans charged to the allowance for credit losses will occur in these amounts or proportions, or that the portion of the allowance allocated to each loan category represents the total amount available for future losses that may occur within these categories. 
Table 9 — Allocation of Allowance for Credit Losses 
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	December 31,		
 	 	 		
 	 	2004		 	2003		 	2002		 	2001		 	2000		
 	 	 		 	 		 	 		 	 		 	 		
 	 	 	 	% of Loans		 	 	 	% of Loans		 	 	 	% of Loans		 	 	 	% of Loans		 	 	 	% of Loans		
 	 	 	 	to Total		 	 	 	to Total		 	 	 	to Total		 	 	 	to Total		 	 	 	to Total		
 	 	Allowance		 	Loans in		 	Allowance		 	Loans in		 	Allowance		 	Loans in		 	Allowance		 	Loans in		 	Allowance		 	Loans in		
 	 	for Credit		 	Each		 	for Credit		 	Each		 	for Credit		 	Each		 	for Credit		 	Each		 	for Credit		 	Each		
 	 	Losses		 	Category		 	Losses		 	Category		 	Losses		 	Category		 	Losses		 	Category		 	Losses		 	Category		
 	 	 		 	 		 	 		 	 		 	 		 	 		 	 		 	 		 	 		 	 		
 	 	(Amounts in thousands)		
Real Estate	 	$	7,214	 	 	 	36.6	%	 	$	3,892	 	 	 	30.8	%	 	$	4,158	 	 	 	34.6	%	 	$	7,399	 	 	 	41.3	%	 	$	10,037	 	 	 	43.6	%	
Commercial and Industrial	 	 	16,232	 	 	 	55.8	%	 	 	15,508	 	 	 	62.9	%	 	 	16,020	 	 	 	60.8	%	 	 	7,243	 	 	 	55.3	%	 	 	4,021	 	 	 	52.0	%	
Consumer	 	 	126	 	 	 	7.6	%	 	 	149	 	 	 	6.3	%	 	 	202	 	 	 	4.5	%	 	 	127	 	 	 	3.4	%	 	 	67	 	 	 	4.4	%	
Unallocated	 	 	(1,078	)	 	 	 	 	 	 	1,733	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	1,286	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	5,700	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	5,027	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total	 	$	22,494	 	 	 	100.0	%	 	$	21,282	 	 	 	100.0	%	 	$	21,666	 	 	 	100.0	%	 	$	20,469	 	 	 	100.0	%	 	$	19,152	 	 	 	100.0	%	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Market Risk 
      In the normal course of its business activities, we are exposed to market risks, including price and liquidity risk. Market risk is the potential of loss from adverse changes in market rates and prices, such as interest rates (interest rate risk). Liquidity risk arises from the possibility that we may not be able to satisfy current or future commitments or that we may be more reliant on alternative funding sources such as long-term debt. Financial products that expose us to market risk includes securities, loans, deposits, debt, and derivative financial instruments. 
46 

      The table below provides the actual balances as of December 31, 2004 of interest-earning assets (net of deferred loan fees and allowance for credit losses) and interest-bearing liabilities, including the average rate earned or paid for 2004, the projected contractual maturities over the next five years, and the estimated fair value of each category determined using available market information and appropriate valuation methodologies. 
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	Maturing		
 	 	 	 	 	 	 		
 	 	Balance		 	Average		 	 	 	Five years		 	Estimated		
 	 	December 31,		 	Rate		 	One Year		 	Two Years		 	Three Years		 	Four Years		 	and Beyond		 	Fair Value		
 	 	 		 	 		 	 		 	 		 	 		 	 		 	 		 	 		
 	 	(Amounts in thousands)		
2004	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Interest-Earning Assets	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Federal Funds Sold	 	$	—	 	 	 	0.96	%	 	$	—	 	 	$	—	 	 	$	—	 	 	$	—	 	 	$	—	 	 	$	—	 	
Investment securities available for sale(1)	 	 	2,031,792	 	 	 	4.38	%	 	 	29,081	 	 	 	81,560	 	 	 	627,445	 	 	 	799,250	 	 	 	494,456	 	 	 	2,031,792	 	
Loans and lease finance receivables, net	 	 	2,117,580	 	 	 	6.01	%	 	 	722,047	 	 	 	60,019	 	 	 	58,818	 	 	 	90,028	 	 	 	1,186,666	 	 	 	2,132,580	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total interest earning assets	 	$	4,149,372	 	 	 	 	 	 	$	751,128	 	 	$	141,579	 	 	$	686,263	 	 	$	889,278	 	 	$	1,681,122	 	 	$	4,164,372	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Interest-Bearing Liabilities	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Interest-bearing deposits	 	$	1,552,784	 	 	 	1.00	%	 	$	1,526,510	 	 	$	24,166	 	 	$	1,211	 	 	$	239	 	 	$	658	 	 	$	1,552,208	 	
Demand note to U.S. Treasury	 	 	6,453	 	 	 	1.01	%	 	 	6,453	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	6,453	 	
Borrowings	 	 	1,186,000	 	 	 	2.85	%	 	 	356,000	 	 	 	520,000	 	 	 	210,000	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	100,000	 	 	 	1,184,996	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total interest-bearing liabilities	 	$	2,745,237	 	 	 	 	 	 	$	1,888,963	 	 	$	544,166	 	 	$	211,211	 	 	$	239	 	 	$	100,658	 	 	$	2,743,657	 	

		
(1) 	Excludes securities with no maturity dates.	
Interest Rate Risk 
      During periods of changing interest rates, the ability to re-price interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities can influence net interest income, the net interest margin, and consequently, our earnings. Interest rate risk is managed by attempting to control the spread between rates earned on interest-earning assets and the rates paid on interest-bearing liabilities within the constraints imposed by market competition in our service area. Short-term re-pricing risk is minimized by controlling the level of floating rate loans and maintaining a downward sloping ladder of bond payments and maturities. Basis risk is managed by the timing and magnitude of changes to interest-bearing deposit rates. Yield curve risk is reduced by keeping the duration of the loan and bond portfolios relatively short. Options risk in the bond portfolio is monitored monthly and actions are recommended when appropriate. 
      We monitor the interest rate “sensitivity” risk to earnings from potential changes in interest rates using various methods, including a maturity/ re-pricing gap analysis. This analysis measures, at specific time intervals, the differences between earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities for which re-pricing opportunities will occur. A positive difference, or gap, indicates that earning assets will re-price faster than interest-bearing liabilities. This will generally produce a greater net interest margin during periods of rising interest rates, and a lower net interest margin during periods of declining interest rates. Conversely, a negative gap will generally produce a lower net interest margin during periods of rising interest rates and a greater net interest margin during periods of decreasing interest rates. 
47 

TABLE 10 — Asset and Liability Maturity/ Repricing Gap 
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	Over		 	Over		 	 	
 	 	90 Days		 	90 Days		 	180 Days		 	Over		
 	 	or Less		 	to 180 Days		 	to 365 Days		 	365 Days		
 	 	 		 	 		 	 		 	 		
 	 	(Amounts in thousands)		
2004	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Earning Assets:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Federal Funds Sold	 	$	—	 	 	$	—	 	 	$	—	 	 	$	—	 	
 	Investment Securities at carrying value	 	 	204,796	 	 	 	167,261	 	 	 	363,626	 	 	 	1,402,896	 	
 	Total Loans	 	 	788,396	 	 	 	146,481	 	 	 	223,926	 	 	 	958,777	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Total	 	$	993,192	 	 	$	313,742	 	 	$	587,552	 	 	$	2,361,673	 	
Interest Bearing Liabilities	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Savings Deposits	 	$	693,543	 	 	$	—	 	 	$	—	 	 	$	379,076	 	
 	Time Deposits	 	 	216,294	 	 	 	179,084	 	 	 	59,134	 	 	 	25,653	 	
 	Demand Note to U.S. Treasury	 	 	6,453	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	
 	Other Borrowings	 	 	130,000	 	 	 	36,000	 	 	 	70,000	 	 	 	950,000	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Total	 	 	1,046,290	 	 	 	215,084	 	 	 	129,134	 	 	 	1,354,729	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Period GAP	 	$	(53,098	)	 	$	98,658	 	 	$	458,418	 	 	$	1,006,944	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Cumulative GAP	 	$	(53,098	)	 	$	45,560	 	 	$	503,978	 	 	$	1,510,922	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
2003	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Earning Assets:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Federal Funds Sold	 	$	—	 	 	$	—	 	 	$	—	 	 	$	—	 	
 	Investment Securities at carrying value	 	 	182,986	 	 	 	135,979	 	 	 	253,597	 	 	 	1,403,416	 	
 	Total Loans	 	 	606,676	 	 	 	113,964	 	 	 	211,726	 	 	 	806,918	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Total	 	$	789,662	 	 	$	249,943	 	 	$	465,323	 	 	$	2,210,334	 	
Interest Bearing Liabilities	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Savings Deposits	 	$	632,056	 	 	$	—	 	 	$	—	 	 	$	327,967	 	
 	Time Deposits	 	 	269,242	 	 	 	183,183	 	 	 	45,611	 	 	 	60,121	 	
 	Demand Note to U.S. Treasury	 	 	3,834	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	
 	Other Borrowings	 	 	492,082	 	 	 	26,000	 	 	 	1,000	 	 	 	381,000	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Total	 	 	1,397,214	 	 	 	209,183	 	 	 	46,611	 	 	 	769,088	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Period GAP	 	$	(607,552	)	 	$	40,760	 	 	$	418,712	 	 	$	1,441,246	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Cumulative GAP	 	$	(607,552	)	 	$	(566,792	)	 	$	(148,080	)	 	$	1,293,166	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
      Table 10 provides the Bank’s maturity/ re-pricing gap analysis at December 31, 2004, and 2003. We had a positive cumulative 180-day gap of $45.6 million and a positive cumulative 365-days gap of $504.0 million at December 31, 2004. This represented an increase of $612.4 million, or 108.0 times, over the 180-day cumulative negative gap of $566.8 million at December 31, 2003. In theory, this would indicate that at December 31, 2004, $45.6 million more in assets than liabilities would re-price if there were a change in interest rates over the next 180 days. If interest rates increase, the negative gap would tend to result in a lower net interest margin. If interest rates decrease, the negative gap would tend to result in an increase in the net interest margin. However, we do have the ability to anticipate the increase in deposit rates, and the ability to extend interest-bearing liabilities, offsetting, in part, the negative gap. 
      The interest rates paid on deposit accounts do not always move in unison with the rates charged on loans. In addition, the magnitude of changes in the rates charged on loans is not always proportionate to the 
48 

magnitude of changes in the rate paid on deposits. Consequently, changes in interest rates do not necessarily result in an increase or decrease in the net interest margin solely as a result of the differences between re-pricing opportunities of earning assets or interest-bearing liabilities. The fact that the Bank reported a negative gap at December 31, 2004 for changes within the following 365 days does not necessarily indicate that, if interest rates decreased, net interest income would increase, or if interest rates increased, net interest income would decrease. 
      Approximately $1.47 billion, or 78.80%, of the total investment portfolio at December 31, 2004 consisted of securities backed by mortgages. The final maturity of these securities can be affected by the speed at which the underlying mortgages repay. Mortgages tend to repay faster as interest rates fall, and slower as interest rates rise. As a result, we may be subject to a “prepayment risk” resulting from greater funds available for reinvestment at a time when available yields are lower. Conversely, we may be subject to “extension risk” resulting, as lesser amounts would be available for reinvestment at a time when available yields are higher. Prepayment risk includes the risk associated with the payment of an investment’s principal faster than originally intended. Extension risk is the risk associated with the payment of an investment’s principal over a longer time period than originally anticipated. In addition, there can be greater risk of price volatility for mortgage-backed securities as a result of anticipated prepayment or extension risk. 
      We also utilize the results of a dynamic simulation model to quantify the estimated exposure of net interest income to sustained interest rate changes. The sensitivity of our net interest income is measured over a rolling two-year horizon. 
      The simulation model estimates the impact of changing interest rates on interest income from all interest-earning assets and interest expense paid on all interest-bearing liabilities reflected on our balance sheet. This sensitivity analysis is compared to policy limits, which specify a maximum tolerance level for net interest income exposure over a one-year horizon assuming no balance sheet growth, given a 200 basis point upward and a 200 basis point downward shift in interest rates. A parallel and pro rata shift in rates over a 12-month period is assumed. 
      The following reflects our net interest income sensitivity analysis as of December 31, 2004: 
 	 	 	
Simulated	 	Estimated Net Interest	
Rate Changes	 	Income Sensitivity	
 	 	 	
+200 basis points	 	(2.46%)	
-200 basis points	 	(1.64%)	
      The estimated sensitivity does not necessarily represent a forecast and the results may not be indicative of actual changes to our net interest income. These estimates are based upon a number of assumptions including: the nature and timing of interest rate levels including yield curve shape, prepayments on loans and securities, pricing strategies on loans and deposits, and replacement of asset and liability cash-flows. While the assumptions used are based on current economic and local market conditions, there is no assurance as to the predictive nature of these conditions including how customer preferences or competitor influences might change. See NOTE 19 — of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements. 
Liquidity Risk 
      Liquidity risk is the risk to earnings or capital resulting from our inability to meet obligations when they come due without incurring unacceptable losses. It includes the ability to manage unplanned decreases or changes in funding sources and to recognize or address changes in market conditions that affect our ability to liquidate assets quickly and with minimum loss of value. Factors considered in liquidity risk management are stability of the deposit base; marketability, maturity, and pledging of investments; and the demand for credit. 
      In general, liquidity risk is managed daily by controlling the level of fed funds and the use of funds provided by the cash flow from the investment portfolio. To meet unexpected demands, lines of credit are maintained with correspondent banks, the Federal Home Loan Bank and the FRB. The sale of bonds maturing in the near future can also serve as a contingent source of funds. Increases in deposit rates are considered a last resort as a means of raising funds to increase liquidity. 
49 

Transaction Risk 
      Transaction risk is the risk to earnings or capital arising from problems in service or product delivery. This risk is significant within any bank and is interconnected with other risk categories in most activities throughout the Bank. Transaction risk is a function of internal controls, information systems, associate integrity, and operating processes. It arises daily throughout the Bank as transactions are processed. It pervades all divisions, departments and branches and is inherent in all products and services the Bank offers. 
      In general, transaction risk is defined as high, medium or low by the internal auditors during the audit process. The audit plan ensures that high risk areas are reviewed at least annually. 
      The key to monitoring transaction risk is in the design, documentation and implementation of well-defined procedures. All transaction related procedures include steps to report events that might increase transaction risk. Dual controls are also a form of monitoring. 
Compliance Risk 
      Compliance risk is the risk to earnings or capital arising from violations of, or non-conformance with, laws, rules, regulations, prescribed practices, or ethical standards. Compliance risk also arises in situations where the laws or rules governing certain Bank products or activities of the Bank’s customers may be ambiguous or untested. Compliance risk exposes the Bank to fines, civil money penalties, payment of damages, and the voiding of contracts. Compliance risk can also lead to a diminished reputation, reduced business value, limited business opportunities, lessened expansion potential, and lack of contract enforceability. 
      There is no single or primary source of compliance risk. It is inherent in every Bank activity. Frequently, it blends into operational risk and transaction processing. A portion of this risk is sometimes referred to as legal risk. This is not limited solely to risk from failure to comply with consumer protection laws; it encompasses all laws, as well as prudent ethical standards and contractual obligations. It also includes the exposure to litigation from all aspects of banking, traditional and non-traditional. 
      Our Compliance Management Policy and Program and the Code of Ethical Conduct are the cornerstone for controlling compliance risk. An integral part of controlling this risk is the proper training of associates. The Compliance Officer is responsible for developing and executing a comprehensive compliance training program. The Compliance Officer will ensure that each associate receives adequate training with regard to their position to ensure that laws and regulations are not violated. All associates who deal in compliance high risk areas are trained to be knowledgeable about the level and severity of exposure in those areas and the policies and procedures in place to control such exposure. 
      Our Compliance Management Policy and Program includes an audit program aimed at identifying problems and ensuring that problems are corrected. The audit program includes two levels of review. One is in-depth audits performed by an external firm and the other is periodic monitoring performed by the Compliance Officer. 
      The Bank utilizes an external firm to conduct compliance audits as a means of identifying weaknesses in the compliance program itself. The external firm’s audit plan includes a periodic review of each branch and department of the Bank. 
      The branch or department that is the subject of an audit is required to respond to the audit and correct any violations noted. The Compliance Officer will review audit findings and the response provided by the branch or department to identify areas which pose a significant compliance risk to the Bank. 
      The Compliance Officer conducts periodic monitoring of the Bank’s compliance efforts with a special focus on those areas that expose the Bank to compliance risk. The purpose of the periodic monitoring is to ensure that Bank associates are adhering to established policies and procedures adopted by the Bank. The Compliance Officer will notify the appropriate department head and the Compliance Committee of any violations noted. The branch or department that is the subject of the review will be required to respond to the findings and correct any noted violations. 
50 

      The Bank recognizes that customer complaints can often identify weaknesses in the Bank’s compliance program which could expose the Bank to risk. Therefore, all complaints are given prompt attention. The Bank’s Compliance Management Policy and Program includes provisions on how customer complaints are to be addressed. The Compliance Officer reviews all complaints to determine if a significant compliance risk exists and communicates those findings to Senior Management. 
Strategic Risk 
      Strategic risk is the risk to earnings or capital arising from adverse decisions or improper implementation of strategic decisions. This risk is a function of the compatibility between an organization’s goals, the resources deployed against those goals and the quality of implementation. 
      Strategic risks are identified as part of the strategic planning process. Offsite strategic planning sessions are held annually. The strategic review consists of an economic assessment, competitive analysis, industry outlook and legislative and regulatory review. 
      A primary measurement of strategic risk is peer group analysis. Key performance ratios are compared to three separate peer groups to identify any sign of weakness and potential opportunities. The peer group consists of: 
		
 	      1. All banks of comparable size	
 		
 	      2. High performing banks	
 		
 	      3. A list of specific banks	
      Another measure is the comparison of the actual results of previous strategic initiatives against the expected results established prior to implementation of each strategy. 
      The corporate strategic plan is formally presented to all branch managers and department managers at an annual leadership conference. 
Reputation Risk 
      Reputation risk is the risk to capital and earnings arising from negative public opinion. This affects the Bank’s ability to establish new relationships or services, or continue servicing existing relationships. It can expose the Bank to litigation and, in some instances, financial loss. 
Price and Foreign Exchange Risk 
      Price risk arises from changes in market factors that affect the value of traded instruments. Foreign exchange risk is the risk to earnings or capital arising from movements in foreign exchange rates. 
      The Bank’s current exposure to price risk is nominal. The Bank does not have trading accounts. Consequently, the level of price risk within the investment portfolio is limited to the need to sell securities for reasons other than trading. The section of this policy pertaining to liquidity risk addresses this risk. 
      The Bank does maintain deposit accounts with various foreign banks. The Bank’s Interbank Liability Policy limits the balance in any of these accounts to an amount that does not present a significant risk to the Bank’s earnings from changes in the value of foreign currencies. 
      The Bank’s asset liability model calculates the market value of the Bank’s equity. In addition, management prepares on a monthly basis a Capital Volatility report that compares changes in the market value of the investment portfolio. Given the Bank’s nominal exposure to price risk, no targets have been established to limit the level of price risk. 
      The Balance Sheet Management Policy requires the submission of a Fair Value Matrix Report to the Balance Sheet Management Committee on an annual basis. The report calculates the economic value of equity under different interest rate scenarios, revealing the level or price risk of the Bank’s interest sensitive asset and liability portfolios. 
51 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements 
      Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) Issue No. 03-1, “The Meaning of Other-Than-Temporary Impairment and Its Application to Certain Investments” (“EITF 03-1”), provides application guidance that should be used to determine when an investment is considered impaired, whether that impairment is other-than-temporary, and the recognition of an impairment loss. The guidance also includes accounting considerations subsequent to the recognition of an other-than-temporary impairment and requires certain disclosures about unrealized losses that have not been recognized as other-than-temporary impairments. An investment is impaired if the fair value of the investment is less than its cost. EITF 03-1 outlines that an impairment would be considered other-than-temporary unless: a) the investor has the ability and intent to hold an investment for a reasonable period of time sufficient for the recovery of the fair value up to (or beyond) the cost of the investment, and b) evidence indicating that the cost of the investment is recoverable within a reasonable period of time outweighs evidence to the contrary. Although not presumptive, a pattern of selling investments prior to the forecasted recovery of fair value may call into question the investor’s intent. In addition, the severity and duration of the impairment should also be considered in determining whether the impairment is other-than-temporary. 
      On September 30, 2004, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) staff issued a proposed Board-directed FASB Staff Position, FSP EITF Issue 03-1-a, “Implementation Guidance for the Application of Paragraph 16 of EITF Issue No. 03-1”. The proposed FSP would provide implementation guidance with respect to debt securities that are impaired solely due to interest rates and/or sector spreads and analyzed for other-than-temporary impairment under paragraph 16 of EITF 03-1. The Board also issued FSP EITF Issue No. 03-1-b delaying the effective date of the measurement and recognition guidance contained in paragraphs 10-20 of EITF 03.-1. The delay does not suspend the requirement to recognize other-than temporary impairments as required by existing authoritative literature. Management continues to closely monitor and evaluate how the provisions of EITF 03-1 and the proposed FSP EITF Issue 03-1-a and 03-1-b will affect the Company. Since fluctuations in the fair value for available-for-sale securities are already recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income, adoption of this standard is not expected to have a significant impact on stockholders’ equity. 
      In December 2004, the Accounting Standards Executive Committee of the AICPA issued Statement of Position No. 03-3 (“SOP 03-3”), “Accounting for Certain Loans or Debt Securities Acquired in a Transfer”. SOP 03-3 addresses the accounting for differences between the contractual cash flows and the cash flows expected to be collected from purchased loans or debt securities if those differences are attributable, in part, to credit quality. SOP 03-3 requires purchased loans and debt securities to be recorded initially at fair value based on the present value of the cash flows expected to be collected with no carryover of any valuation allowance previously recognized by the seller. Interest income should be recognized based on the effective yield from the cash flows expected to be collected. To the extent that the purchased loans or debt securities experience subsequent deterioration in credit quality, a valuation allowance would be established for any additional cash flows that are not expected to be received. However, if more cash flows subsequently were expected to be received than originally estimated, the effective yield would be adjusted on a prospective basis. SOP 03-3 will be effective for loans and debt securities acquired after December 31, 2004. Although the Company anticipates that the implementation of SOP 03-3 will require loan system and operational changes to track credit related losses on loans purchased that meet the criteria under SOP 03-3, starting in 2005, it is not expected to have a significant effect on the Company’s results of operations, financial position and cash flows. 
      In December 2004, the FASB issued a revision to SFAS No. 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation,” SFAS No. 123R, “Share-Based Payment.” SFAS No. 123R focuses primarily on transactions in which the entity exchanges its equity instruments for employee services and generally establishes standards for the accounting for transactions in which an entity obtains goods or services in share-based payment transactions. SFAS No. 123R is effective for the Company’s third quarter of fiscal 2005. Management is currently evaluating the effect of adoption of SFAS No. 123R, and expects the impact to be similar to the amount in the pro forma disclosure in Note 1 of the Consolidated Financial Statements. 
52 

		
Item 7A.	Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk	
      Market risk is the risk of loss from adverse changes in the market prices and interest rates. Our market risk arises primarily from interest rate risk inherent in our lending and deposit taking activities. We currently do not enter into futures, forwards, or option contracts. For greater discussion on the risk management of the Company, see Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and the Results of Operations — Risk Management. 

Item 8.	Financial Statements and Supplementary Data	
CVB FINANCIAL CORP. 
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES 
 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Page		
 	 	 		
Consolidated Financial Statements	 	 	 	 	
 	 Consolidated Balance Sheets — December 31, 2004 and 2003	 	 	60	 	
 	 Consolidated Statements of Earnings Years Ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002	 	 	61	 	
 	 Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity Years Ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002	 	 	62	 	
 	 Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows Years Ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002	 	 	63	 	
 	 Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements	 	 	65	 	
 Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firms	 	 	89	 	
      All schedules are omitted because they are not applicable, not material or because the information is included in the financial statements or the notes thereto. 
      For information about the location of management’s annual report on internal control, our financial reporting and the audit report of McGladrey & Pullen, LLP thereon. See Item 9A. 

Item 9.	Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure	
      On April 30, 2004, Deloitte & Touche, LLP notified the Company that it had declined to stand for reelection as the Company’s independent auditors. During the 2002 and 2003 fiscal years and through the interim period ended April 30, 2004, there were no disagreements between the Company and Deloitte & Touche, LLP on any matter of accounting principles or practices, internal controls, financial statement disclosure, or auditing scope or procedure, which disagreements, if not resolved to the satisfaction of Deloitte & Touche, LLP, would have caused it to make reference to the subject matter of the disagreement in connection with its reports. 

Item 9A.	Controls and Procedures	
      1) Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting 
      Management of CVB Financial Corp., together with its consolidated subsidiaries (the Company), is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. The Company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed under the supervision of the Company’s principal executive and principal financial officers to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of the Company’s financial statements for external reporting purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. 
      As of December 31, 2004, we conducted assessment of the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on the framework established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). 
53 

Based on this assessment, we have determined that the Company’s internal control over annual financial reporting as of December 31, 2004 is effective. We also determined that there were no material weaknesses as of December 31, 2004. 
      Our assessment of the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2004 has been audited by McGladrey & Pullen, LLP., an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing at 9A(2) below. 
      2) Auditor attestation 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 
To the Board of Directors 
CVB Financial Corp. 
Ontario, California 
      We have audited management’s assessment, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting, that CVB Financial Corp. and subsidiaries (the Company) maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2004, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on management’s assessment and an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. 
      We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, evaluating management’s assessment, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion. 
      A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. 
      Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. 
      In our opinion, management’s assessment that the Company maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2004, is fairly stated, in all material respects, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by COSO. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2004, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by COSO. 
54 

      We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated financial statements of the Company, and our report dated March      , 2005 expressed an unqualified opinion. 
		
 	/s/ McGladrey & Pullen, LLP 	
 	 	
 	McGladrey & Pullen, LLP	
Pasadena, California 
March 8, 2005 
      3) Disclosure Controls and Procedures 
      We maintain controls and procedures designed to ensure that information is recorded and reported in all filings of financial reports. Such information is reported to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer to allow timely and accurate disclosure based on the definition of “disclosure controls and procedures” in SEC Rule 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(c). 
      As of the end of the period covered by this report, we carried out an evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures under the supervision and with the participation of the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer. Based on the foregoing, our Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures are effective. 
      4) Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting 
      During our most recent fiscal quarter, there have been no changes in our internal control over financial reporting that has materially affected or is reasonably likely to materially affect our internal control over financial reporting. 

Item 9B.	Other Information	
      None. 
55 

PART III 

Item 10.	Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant	
      Except as hereinafter noted, the information concerning directors and executive officers of the Company and our audit committee financial expert is incorporated by reference from the section entitled “Discussion of Proposals recommended by the Board — Proposal 1: Election of Directors” and “Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” and “Audit Committee” of our definitive Proxy Statement to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A within 120 days after the end of the last fiscal year. For information concerning executive officers of the Company, see “Item 4(A). EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT” above. 
      The Company has adopted a Code of Ethics that applies to all of the Company’s employees, including the Company’s principal executive officers, the principal financial and accounting officer, and all employees who perform these functions. A copy of the Code of Ethics is available to any person without charge by submitting a request to the Company’s Chief Financial Officer at 701 N. Haven Avenue, Suite 350, Ontario, CA 91764. 

Item 11.	Executive Compensation	
      Information concerning management remuneration and transactions is incorporated by reference from the section entitled “Executive Compensation” of our definitive Proxy Statement to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A within 120 days after the end of the last fiscal year. 

Item 12.	Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters	
      The following table summarizes information as of December 31, 2004 relating to our equity compensation plans pursuant to which grants of options, restricted stock, or other rights to acquire shares may be granted from time to time. 
Equity Compensation Plan Information 
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	Number of Securities		
 	 	Number of Securities to		 	 	 	Remaining Available for		
 	 	be Issued Upon Exercise		 	Weighted-average		 	Future Issuance Under		
 	 	of Outstanding Options,		 	Exercise Price of		 	Equity Compensation Plans		
 	 	Warrants and		 	Outstanding Options,		 	(excluding securities		
Plan Category	 	Rights (a)		 	Warrants and Rights (b)		 	reflected in column (a)) (c)		
 	 	 		 	 		 	 		
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders	 	 	1,909,629	 	 	$	9.70	 	 	 	3,671,058	 	
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders(1)	 	 	21,270	 	 	$	6.54	 	 	 	—	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total	 	 	1,930,899	 	 	$	8.27	 	 	 	3,671,058	 	

		
(1) 	The sole equity compensation plan not previously submitted to Company shareholders for approval is the CVB Financial Corp. 1999 Orange National Bancorp 1997 Continuation Stock Option Plan, which the Company adopted in connection with its acquisition of Orange National Bancorp and Orange National Bank. Pursuant to this plan, options were originally granted to original Orange National Bancorp employees and directors at no less than the fair market value of the stock subject to the option at the date of grant. At the time of adoption, the number of shares available for grant pursuant to this plan was reduced to the number of outstanding options being assumed in connection with this plan. As of December 31, 2004, 21,270 shares of CVB were issuable upon exercise of options pursuant to this plan and all of such options are immediately exercisable. No additional shares are available for future grant under this plan.	
56 

      Information concerning security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management is incorporated by reference from the sections entitled “Stock Ownership” of our definitive Proxy Statement to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A within 120 days after the end of the last fiscal year. 

Item 13.	Certain Relationships and Related Transactions	
      Information concerning certain relationships and related transactions with management and others is incorporated by reference from the section entitled “Executive Compensation — Certain Relationships and Related Transactions” of our definitive Proxy Statement to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A within 120 days after the end of the last fiscal year. 

Item 14.	Principal Accountant Fees and Services	
      Information concerning principal accounting fees and services is incorporated by reference from the section entitled “Ratification of Appointment of Independent Public Accountants” of our definitive Proxy Statement to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A within 120 days after the end of the last fiscal year. 
57 

PART IV 

Item 15.	Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules	
Financial Statements 
      Reference is made to the Index to Financial Statements at page 54 for a list of financial statements filed as part of this Report. 
Exhibits 
      See Index to Exhibits at Page 91 of this Form 10-K. 
58 

SIGNATURES 
      Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, on the 11th day of March 2005. 
		
 	CVB Financial Corp. 	
			
 	By: 	/s/ D. Linn Wiley 	

 	D. Linn Wiley	
 	President and Chief Executive Officer	
      Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant in the capacities and on the dates indicated. 
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Signature	 	Title	 	Date	

/s/ George A. Borba
 
George A. Borba	 	Chairman of the Board	 	March 11, 2005	
 	
/s/ John A. Borba
 
John A. Borba	 	Director	 	March 11, 2005	
 	
/s/ Ronald O. Kruse
 
Ronald O. Kruse	 	Director	 	March 11, 2005	
 	
/s/ John J. LoPorto
 
John J. LoPorto	 	Director	 	March 11, 2005	
 	
/s/ James C. Seley
 
James C. Seley	 	Director	 	March 11, 2005	
 	
/s/ San E. Vaccaro
 
San E. Vaccaro	 	Director	 	March 11, 2005	
 	
/s/ Edward J. Biebrich, Jr.
 
Edward J. Biebrich, Jr.	 	Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial and
Accounting Officer)	 	March 11, 2005	
 	
/s/ D. Linn Wiley
 
D. Linn Wiley	 	Director, President and Chief
Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)	 	March 11, 2005	
59 

CVB FINANCIAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS 
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	December 31,		 	December 31,		
 	 	2004		 	2003		
 	 	 		 	 		
 	 	(Amounts in thousands)		
ASSETS	
Investment securities available-for-sale	 	$	2,085,014	 	 	$	1,865,782	 	
Investment in stock of Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB)	 	 	53,565	 	 	 	37,966	 	
Loans and lease finance receivables	 	 	2,140,074	 	 	 	1,759,941	 	
Allowance for credit losses	 	 	(22,494	)	 	 	(21,282	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	Total earning assets	 	 	4,256,159	 	 	 	3,642,407	 	
Cash and due from banks	 	 	84,400	 	 	 	112,008	 	
Premises and equipment, net	 	 	33,508	 	 	 	31,069	 	
Intangibles	 	 	6,136	 	 	 	7,321	 	
Goodwill	 	 	19,580	 	 	 	19,580	 	
Cash value life insurance	 	 	68,233	 	 	 	15,800	 	
Accrued interest receivable	 	 	18,391	 	 	 	15,724	 	
Deferred tax assets	 	 	4,409	 	 	 	—	 	
Other assets	 	 	20,195	 	 	 	10,440	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	TOTAL ASSETS	 	$	4,511,011	 	 	$	3,854,349	 	

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY	
Liabilities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Deposits:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Noninterest-bearing	 	$	1,322,255	 	 	$	1,142,330	 	
 	 	Interest-bearing	 	 	1,552,784	 	 	 	1,518,180	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	Total deposits	 	 	2,875,039	 	 	 	2,660,510	 	
 	Demand Note to U.S. Treasury	 	 	6,453	 	 	 	3,834	 	
 	Short-term borrowings	 	 	356,000	 	 	 	405,500	 	
 	Long-term borrowings	 	 	830,000	 	 	 	381,000	 	
 	Deferred tax liabilities	 	 	—	 	 	 	5,203	 	
 	Accrued interest payable	 	 	8,809	 	 	 	5,259	 	
 	Deferred compensation	 	 	7,685	 	 	 	6,955	 	
 	Junior subordinated debentures	 	 	82,476	 	 	 	82,476	 	
 	Other liabilities	 	 	27,066	 	 	 	16,891	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	TOTAL LIABILITIES	 	 	4,193,528	 	 	 	3,567,628	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Stockholders’ Equity:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Preferred stock (authorized, 20,000,000 shares without par; none issued or outstanding)	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	
 	Common stock (authorized, 97,656,250 shares without par; issued and outstanding 60,666,322 (2004) and 48,289,347 (2003))	 	 	236,277	 	 	 	232,959	 	
 	Retained earnings	 	 	72,314	 	 	 	36,482	 	
 	Accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax	 	 	8,892	 	 	 	17,280	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	Total stockholders’ equity	 	 	317,483	 	 	 	286,721	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY	 	$	4,511,011	 	 	$	3,854,349	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements. 
60 

CVB FINANCIAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF EARNINGS 
Three Years Ended December 31, 2004 
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	2004		 	2003		 	2002		
 	 	 		 	 		 	 		
 	 	(Amounts in thousands,		
 	 	except earnings per share)		
INTEREST INCOME:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Loans, including fees	 	$	114,543	 	 	$	99,042	 	 	$	90,351	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Investment securities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Taxable	 	 	68,069	 	 	 	51,205	 	 	 	47,097	 	
 	 	Tax-exempt	 	 	15,087	 	 	 	16,065	 	 	 	16,273	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	83,156	 	 	 	67,270	 	 	 	63,370	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Federal funds sold	 	 	3	 	 	 	34	 	 	 	602	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	Total interest income	 	 	197,702	 	 	 	166,346	 	 	 	154,323	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
INTEREST EXPENSE:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Deposits	 	 	15,508	 	 	 	16,323	 	 	 	21,470	 	
 	Short-term borrowings	 	 	4,299	 	 	 	2,552	 	 	 	369	 	
 	Long-term borrowings	 	 	21,362	 	 	 	17,940	 	 	 	18,600	 	
 	Junior subordinated debentures	 	 	5,348	 	 	 	238	 	 	 	—	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	Total interest expense	 	 	46,517	 	 	 	37,053	 	 	 	40,439	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
NET INTEREST INCOME BEFORE PROVISION FOR CREDIT LOSSES	 	 	151,185	 	 	 	129,293	 	 	 	113,884	 	
PROVISION FOR CREDIT LOSSES	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
NET INTEREST INCOME AFTER PROVISION FOR CREDIT LOSSES	 	 	151,185	 	 	 	129,293	 	 	 	113,884	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
OTHER OPERATING INCOME:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Service charges on deposit accounts	 	 	13,663	 	 	 	15,039	 	 	 	14,154	 	
 	Trust Management services	 	 	4,464	 	 	 	3,904	 	 	 	3,764	 	
 	Investment services	 	 	1,590	 	 	 	1,471	 	 	 	1,476	 	
 	Bankcard services	 	 	1,781	 	 	 	1,417	 	 	 	1,174	 	
 	BOLI Income	 	 	2,432	 	 	 	981	 	 	 	846	 	
 	Other	 	 	5,058	 	 	 	2,967	 	 	 	2,707	 	
 	Other-than-temporary impairment write-down	 	 	(6,300	)	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	
 	Gain on sale of securities, net	 	 	5,219	 	 	 	4,210	 	 	 	4,897	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	Total other operating income	 	 	27,907	 	 	 	29,989	 	 	 	29,018	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
OTHER OPERATING EXPENSES:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Salaries, wages, and employee benefits	 	 	47,292	 	 	 	41,493	 	 	 	35,970	 	
 	Occupancy	 	 	7,891	 	 	 	6,738	 	 	 	6,339	 	
 	Equipment	 	 	8,003	 	 	 	6,878	 	 	 	6,212	 	
 	Stationery and supplies	 	 	4,987	 	 	 	4,960	 	 	 	3,975	 	
 	Professional services	 	 	4,776	 	 	 	4,005	 	 	 	4,084	 	
 	Promotion	 	 	5,148	 	 	 	4,524	 	 	 	3,684	 	
 	Third Party Data processing	 	 	994	 	 	 	1,190	 	 	 	1,297	 	
 	Amortization of Intangibles	 	 	1,185	 	 	 	815	 	 	 	578	 	
 	Other	 	 	9,446	 	 	 	7,191	 	 	 	3,917	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	Total other operating expenses	 	 	89,722	 	 	 	77,794	 	 	 	66,056	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
EARNINGS BEFORE INCOME TAXES	 	 	89,370	 	 	 	81,488	 	 	 	76,846	 	
INCOME TAXES	 	 	27,884	 	 	 	28,656	 	 	 	27,101	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
NET EARNINGS	 	$	61,486	 	 	$	52,832	 	 	$	49,745	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
BASIC EARNINGS PER COMMON SHARE	 	$	1.02	 	 	$	0.88	 	 	$	0.83	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
DILUTED EARNINGS PER COMMON SHARE	 	$	1.00	 	 	$	0.86	 	 	$	0.81	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements. 
61 

CVB FINANCIAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY 
Three Years Ended December 31, 2004 
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	Accumulated		 	 	
 	 	Common		 	 	 	 	 	Other		 	 	
 	 	Shares		 	Common		 	Retained		 	Comprehensive		 	Comprehensive		
 	 	Outstanding		 	Stock		 	Earnings		 	Income/(Loss)		 	Income		
 	 	 		 	 		 	 		 	 		 	 		
 	 	(Amounts and shares in thousands)		
Balance January 1, 2002	 	 	34,782	 	 	$	146,127	 	 	$	60,652	 	 	$	13,969	 	 	 	 	 	
Issuance of common stock	 	 	148	 	 	 	479	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
5-for-4 stock split	 	 	8,728	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Repurchase of common stock	 	 	(125	)	 	 	(219	)	 	 	(1,881	)	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Tax benefit from exercise of stock options	 	 	 	 	 	 	62	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Cash dividends	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	(20,800	)	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Comprehensive income:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Net earnings	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	49,745	 	 	 	 	 	 	$	49,745	 	
 	Other comprehensive income/(loss):	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Unrealized gain on securities available-for-sale, net	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	11,687	 	 	 	11,687	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Comprehensive income	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	$	61,432	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Balance December 31, 2002	 	 	43,533	 	 	$	146,449	 	 	$	87,716	 	 	$	25,656	 	 	 	 	 	
Issuance of common stock	 	 	317	 	 	 	989	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
10% stock dividend	 	 	4,387	 	 	 	75,990	 	 	 	(75,990	)	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Repurchase of common stock	 	 	(349	)	 	 	(615	)	 	 	(6,438	)	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Shares issued for acquisition of Kaweah National Bank	 	 	401	 	 	 	7,904	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Tax benefit from exercise of stock options	 	 	 	 	 	 	2,242	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Cash dividends	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	(21,638	)	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Comprehensive income:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Net earnings	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	52,832	 	 	 	 	 	 	$	52,832	 	
 	Other comprehensive income/(loss):	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Unrealized loss on securities available-for-sale, net	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	(8,376	)	 	 	(8,376	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Comprehensive income	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	$	44,456	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Balance December 31, 2003	 	 	48,289	 	 	 	232,959	 	 	 	36,482	 	 	 	17,280	 	 	 	 	 	
Issuance of common stock	 	 	345	 	 	 	1,281	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
5-for-4 stock split	 	 	12,132	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Repurchase of common stock	 	 	(100	)	 	 	(159	)	 	 	(1,833	)	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Tax benefit from exercise of stock options	 	 	 	 	 	 	2,196	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Cash dividends	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	(23,821	)	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Comprehensive income:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Net earnings	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	61,486	 	 	 	 	 	 	$	61,486	 	
 	Other comprehensive income/(loss):	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Unrealized loss on securities available-for-sale, net	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	(8,388	)	 	 	(8,388	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Comprehensive income	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	$	53,098	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Balance December 31, 2004	 	 	60,666	 	 	$	236,277	 	 	$	72,314	 	 	$	8,892	 	 	 	 	 	

 	 	At December 31,		
 	 	 		
Disclosure of reclassification amount	 	2004		 	2003		 	2002		
 	 	 		 	 		 	 		
 	 	(Amounts in thousands)		
Unrealized holding (losses) gains on securities arising during the period	 	$	(15,453	)	 	$	(10,232	)	 	$	25,048	 	
Tax benefit (expense)	 	 	6,438	 	 	 	4,298	 	 	 	(10,521	)	
Less:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Reclassification adjustment for (gain)/loss on securities included in net income	 	 	1,081	 	 	 	(4,210	)	 	 	(4,897	)	
Add:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Tax (benefit) expense on reclassification adjustments	 	 	(454	)	 	 	1,768	 	 	 	2,057	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net unrealized (loss) gain on securities	 	$	(8,388	)	 	 	(8,376	)	 	$	11,687	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements. 
62 

CVB FINANCIAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS 
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	For the Year Ended December 31,		
 	 	 		
 	 	2004		 	2003		 	2002		
 	 	 		 	 		 	 		
 	 	(Amounts in thousands)		
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Interest received	 	$	204,471	 	 	$	175,871	 	 	 	160,343	 	
 	Service charges and other fees received	 	 	28,526	 	 	 	25,752	 	 	 	24,113	 	
 	Interest paid	 	 	(42,967	)	 	 	(39,140	)	 	 	(42,992	)	
 	Cash paid to suppliers and employees	 	 	(84,184	)	 	 	(64,739	)	 	 	(54,767	)	
 	Income taxes paid	 	 	(30,196	)	 	 	(25,800	)	 	 	(25,384	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Net cash provided by operating activities	 	 	75,650	 	 	 	71,944	 	 	 	61,313	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Proceeds from sales of investment securities available-for-sale	 	 	84,777	 	 	 	212,641	 	 	 	119,807	 	
 	Proceeds from sales of MBS	 	 	—	 	 	 	20,538	 	 	 	142,627	 	
 	Proceeds from repayment of MBS	 	 	433,365	 	 	 	660,357	 	 	 	267,652	 	
 	Proceeds from repayment of investment securities available-for-sale	 	 	—	 	 	 	2,428	 	 	 	2,468	 	
 	Proceeds from maturity of investment securities available-for-sale	 	 	36,006	 	 	 	6,985	 	 	 	—	 	
 	Purchases of investment securities available-for-sale	 	 	(115,351	)	 	 	(88,480	)	 	 	(138,924	)	
 	Purchases of MBS	 	 	(687,538	)	 	 	(1,304,603	)	 	 	(619,899	)	
 	Purchases of FHLB stock	 	 	(15,935	)	 	 	(15,543	)	 	 	(4,686	)	
 	Net increase in loans	 	 	(372,431	)	 	 	(247,865	)	 	 	(161,727	)	
 	Proceeds from sales of premises and equipment	 	 	4,392	 	 	 	3,032	 	 	 	7	 	
 	Purchase of premises and equipment	 	 	(11,376	)	 	 	(6,923	)	 	 	(4,390	)	
 	Purchase of Bank Owned Life Insurance	 	 	(50,000	)	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	
 	Purchase of Kaweah National Bank	 	 	—	 	 	 	(7,596	)	 	 	—	 	
 	Purchase of Western Security Bank & Golden West Enterprises	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	(8,125	)	
 	Investment in common stock of CVB Statutory Trust I & II	 	 	—	 	 	 	(2,476	)	 	 	 	 	
 	Other investing activities	 	 	(1,282	)	 	 	(1,061	)	 	 	(2	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Net cash used in investing activities	 	 	(695,373	)	 	 	(768,566	)	 	 	(405,192	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Net increase in transaction deposits	 	 	292,521	 	 	 	307,411	 	 	 	221,689	 	
 	Net (decrease) increase in time deposits	 	 	(77,992	)	 	 	(37,970	)	 	 	72,008	 	
 	Advances from Federal Home Loan Bank	 	 	500,000	 	 	 	250,000	 	 	 	15,000	 	
 	Repayment of advances from Federal Home Loan Bank	 	 	(68,000	)	 	 	(141,000	)	 	 	(68,000	)	
 	Net (decrease) increase in short-term borrowings	 	 	(29,882	)	 	 	196,428	 	 	 	146,889	 	
 	Cash dividends on common stock	 	 	(23,821	)	 	 	(21,638	)	 	 	(20,800	)	
 	Repurchase of common stock	 	 	(1,992	)	 	 	(7,053	)	 	 	(2,100	)	
 	Issuance of junior subordinated debentures	 	 	—	 	 	 	82,476	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Proceeds from exercise of stock options	 	 	1,281	 	 	 	989	 	 	 	479	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Net cash provided by financing activities	 	 	592,115	 	 	 	629,643	 	 	 	365,165	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
NET (DECREASE) INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS	 	 	(27,608	)	 	 	(66,979	)	 	 	21,286	 	
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, beginning of period	 	 	112,008	 	 	 	164,973	 	 	 	102,651	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS BEFORE ACQUISITIONS	 	 	84,400	 	 	 	97,994	 	 	 	123,937	 	
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS RECEIVED IN THE PURCHASE OF KAWEAH NATIONAL BANK	 	 	—	 	 	 	14,014	 	 	 	—	 	
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS RECEIVED IN THE PURCHASE OF WESTERN SECURITY BANK, N.A. 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	41,304	 	
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS RECEIVED IN THE PURCHASE OF GOLDEN WEST ENTERPRISES, INC. 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	(268	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, end of period	 	$	84,400	 	 	$	112,008	 	 	$	164,973	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements. 
63 

CVB FINANCIAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (Continued) 
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	For the Year Ended December 31,		
 	 	 		
 	 	2004		 	2003		 	2002		
 	 	 		 	 		 	 		
 	 	(Amounts in thousands)		
RECONCILIATION OF NET EARNINGS TO NET CASH PROVIDED BY OPERATING ACTIVITIES:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Net earnings	 	$	61,486	 	 	$	52,832	 	 	$	49,745	 	
 	Adjustments to reconcile net earnings to net cash provided by operating activities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Impairment charge on investment securities	 	 	6,300	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	
 	Gain on sale of investment securities	 	 	(5,593	)	 	 	(5,154	)	 	 	(5,039	)	
 	Loss on sale of investment securities	 	 	374	 	 	 	944	 	 	 	142	 	
 	Loss on sale of premises and equipment	 	 	140	 	 	 	112	 	 	 	6	 	
 	Increase in cash value of life insurance	 	 	(2,432	)	 	 	(981	)	 	 	(846	)	
 	Net amortization of premiums on investment securities	 	 	14,302	 	 	 	18,618	 	 	 	12,356	 	
 	Depreciation and amortization	 	 	7,125	 	 	 	3,406	 	 	 	5,923	 	
 	Change in accrued interest receivable	 	 	(2,667	)	 	 	396	 	 	 	(1,726	)	
 	Change in accrued interest payable	 	 	3,550	 	 	 	(1,303	)	 	 	(1,979	)	
 	Deferred Tax (provision) benefit	 	 	(3,537	)	 	 	5,937	 	 	 	1,532	 	
 	Change in other assets and liabilities	 	 	(3,398	)	 	 	(2,863	)	 	 	1,199	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Total adjustments	 	 	14,164	 	 	 	19,112	 	 	 	11,568	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
NET CASH PROVIDED BY OPERATING ACTIVITIES	 	$	75,650	 	 	$	71,944	 	 	$	61,313	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Supplemental Schedule of Noncash Investing and Financing Activities	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Purchase of Kaweah National Bank:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Cash and cash equivalents acquired	 	 	 	 	 	$	14,014	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Fair value of assets acquired	 	 	 	 	 	 	85,444	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Purchase price of acquisition	 	 	 	 	 	 	(15,500	)	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Liabilities assumed	 	 	 	 	 	$	83,958	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Purchase of Western Security Bank:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Cash and cash equivalents acquired	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	$	41,304	 	
 	 	Fair value of assets acquired	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	110,318	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Purchase price of acquisition	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	(6,225	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Liabilities assumed	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	$	145,397	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Purchase of Golden West Enterprises, Inc.:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Cash and cash equivalents acquired	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	$	(268	)	
 	 	Fair value of assets acquired	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	24,137	 	
 	 	Purchase price of acquisition	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	(2,900	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Liabilities assumed	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	$	20,969	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Securities purchased and not settled	 	$	—	 	 	$	—	 	 	 	25,970	 	
See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements. 
64 

CVB FINANCIAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
Three Years Ended December 31, 2004 
		
1.	Summary of Significant Accounting Policies	
      The accounting and reporting policies of CVB Financial Corp. and subsidiaries are in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and conform to practices within the banking industry. A summary of the significant accounting policies consistently applied in the preparation of the accompanying consolidated financial statements follows. 
      Principles of Consolidation — The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of CVB Financial Corp. (the “Company”) and its wholly owned subsidiaries: Citizens Business Bank (the “Bank”) and the Bank’s wholly owned subsidiary, Golden West Enterprises, Inc.; Community Trust Deed Services; CVB Ventures, Inc.; Chino Valley Bancorp; and ONB Bancorp after elimination of all intercompany transactions and balances. The Company is also the common stockholder of CVB Statutory Trust I and CVB Statutory Trust II, which were created in December 2003 to issue trust preferred securities in order to raise capital for the Company. In accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board Interpretation No. 46R “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities” (“FIN No. 46R”), these trusts are not included in the consolidated financial statements. 
      Nature of Operations — The Company’s primary operations are related to traditional banking activities, including the acceptance of deposits and the lending and investing of money through the operations of the Bank. The Bank has one subsidiary, Golden West Enterprises, Inc., located in Costa Mesa, California, which provides automobile and equipment leasing, and brokers mortgage loans. The Bank also provides trust services to customers through its Wealth Management Division and Business Financial Centers (branch offices). The Bank’s customers consist primarily of small to mid-sized businesses and individuals located in the Inland Empire, San Gabriel Valley, Orange County, Fresno County, Tulare County, and Kern County areas of California. The Bank operates 37 Business Financial Centers with its headquarters located in the city of Ontario. Segment reporting is not presented since the company’s revenue is attributed to a single reportable segment. 
      Investment Securities — The Company classifies as held-to-maturity those debt securities that the Company has the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity. Securities classified as trading are those securities that are bought and held principally for the purpose of selling them in the near term. All other debt and equity securities are classified as available-for-sale. Securities held-to-maturity are accounted for at cost and adjusted for amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts. Trading securities are accounted for at fair value with the unrealized holding gains and losses being included in current earnings. Available-for-sale securities are accounted for at fair value, with the net unrealized gains and losses, net of income tax effects, presented as a separate component of stockholders’ equity. At each reporting date, available-for-sale securities are assessed to determine whether there is an other-than-temporary impairment. Such impairment, if any, is required to be recognized in current earnings rather than as a separate component of stockholders’ equity. Realized gains and losses on sales of securities are recognized in earnings at the time of sale and are determined on a specific-identification basis. Purchase premiums and discounts are recognized in interest income using the interest method over the terms of the securities. The Company’s investment in Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) stock is carried at cost. 
      Loans and Lease Finance Receivables — Loans and lease finance receivables are reported at the principal amount outstanding less deferred net loan origination fees. Interest on loans and lease finance receivables is credited to income based on the principal amount outstanding. Interest income is not recognized on loans and lease finance receivables when collection of interest is deemed by management to be doubtful. 
      The Bank receives collateral to support loans, lease finance receivables, and commitments to extend credit for which collateral is deemed necessary. The most significant categories of collateral are real estate, principally commercial and industrial income-producing properties, real estate mortgages, and assets utilized in agribusiness. 
65 

CVB FINANCIAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued) 
      Nonrefundable fees and direct costs associated with the origination or purchase of loans are deferred and netted against outstanding loan balances. The deferred net loan fees and costs are recognized in interest income over the loan term in a manner that approximates the level-yield method. 
      Provision and Allowance for Credit Losses — The determination of the balance in the allowance for credit losses is based on an analysis of the loan and lease finance receivables portfolio using a systematic methodology and reflects an amount that, in management’s judgment, is adequate to provide for probable credit losses inherent in the portfolio, after giving consideration to the character of the loan portfolio, current economic conditions, past credit loss experience, and such other factors as deserve current recognition in estimating inherent credit losses. The estimate is reviewed periodically by management and various regulatory entities and, as adjustments become necessary, they are reported in earnings in the periods in which they become known. The provision for credit losses is charged to expense. 
      A loan for which collection of principal and interest according to its original terms is not probable is considered to be impaired. The Company’s policy is to record a specific valuation allowance, which is included in the allowance for credit losses, or charge off that portion of an impaired loan that exceeds its fair value. Fair value is usually based on the value of underlying collateral. 
      Premises and Equipment — Premises and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation, which is provided for in amounts sufficient to relate the cost of depreciable assets to operations over their estimated service lives using the straight-line method. Properties under capital lease and leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of estimated economic lives of 15 years or the initial terms of the leases. Estimated lives are 3 to 5 years for computer and equipment, 5 to 7 years for furniture, fixtures and equipment, and 15 to 30 years for buildings and improvements. Long-lived assets are reviewed periodically for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. The impairment is calculated as the difference between the expected undiscounted future cash flows of a long-lived asset, if lower, and its carrying value. The impairment loss, if any, would be recorded in noninterest expense. 
      Other Real Estate Owned — Other real estate owned represents real estate acquired through foreclosure in satisfaction of commercial and real estate loans and is stated at fair value, minus estimated costs to sell (fair value at time of foreclosure). Loan balances in excess of fair value of the real estate acquired at the date of acquisition are charged against the allowance for credit losses. Any subsequent operating expenses or income, reduction in estimated values, and gains or losses on disposition of such properties are charged to current operations. 
      Business Combinations, Goodwill and Intangible Assets — The Company has engaged in the acquisition of financial institutions and the assumption of deposits and purchase of assets from other financial institutions in its market area. The Company has paid premiums on certain transactions, and such premiums are recorded as intangible assets, in the form of goodwill or other intangible assets. In accordance with the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets”, goodwill is not being amortized whereas identifiable intangible assets with finite lives are amortized over their useful lives. On an annual basis, the Company tests goodwill for impairment. The Company completed its annual impairment test as of June 30, 2004; there was no impairment of goodwill. 
      Income Taxes — Deferred income taxes are recognized for the tax consequences in future years of the Company’s differences between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their financial reporting amounts at each year-end, based on enacted tax laws and statutory tax rates applicable to the periods in which the differences are expected to affect taxable income. 
      Earnings per Common Share — Basic earnings per share are computed by dividing income available to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during each year. The computation of diluted earnings per share considers the number of tax-effected shares issuable upon the assumed exercise of outstanding common stock options. Earnings per common share and stock option 
66 

CVB FINANCIAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued) 
amounts have been retroactively restated to give effect to all stock splits and dividends. A reconciliation of the numerator and the denominator used in the computation of basic and diluted earnings per common share is included in Note 14. 
      Statement of Cash Flows — Cash and cash equivalents as reported in the statements of cash flows include cash and due from banks and federal funds sold. Cash flow from loans and deposits are reported net. 
      Stock Compensation Plans — The Company has several stock option plans that are more fully described in Note 15 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements. The Company applies the intrinsic value method as described in Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees,” and related interpretations in accounting for its plans. Accordingly, compensation expense is not recognized when the exercise price of a stock option equals or exceeds the fair market value on the date the option is granted. 
      The following table presents the proforma effects on net income and related earnings per share if compensation costs related to the stock option plans were measured using the fair value method as prescribed under SFAS No. 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation”: 
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	For the Year Ended December 31,		
 	 	 		
 	 	2004		 	2003		 	2002		
 	 	 		 	 		 	 		
 	 	(Amounts in thousands,		
 	 	except earnings per share)		
Net income, as reported	 	$	61,486	 	 	$	52,832	 	 	$	49,745	 	
Deduct: Total stock-based employee compensation expense determined under fair value based method for all awards, net of related tax effects	 	 	1,150	 	 	 	558	 	 	 	554	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Pro forma net income	 	$	60,336	 	 	$	52,274	 	 	$	49,191	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Earnings per share:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Basic — as reported	 	$	1.02	 	 	$	0.88	 	 	$	0.83	 	
Basic — pro forma	 	$	1.00	 	 	$	0.86	 	 	$	0.82	 	
Diluted — as reported	 	$	1.00	 	 	$	0.86	 	 	$	0.81	 	
Diluted — pro forma	 	$	0.98	 	 	$	0.85	 	 	$	0.80	 	
      The estimated fair value of each option granted during 2004, 2003, and 2002 was $5.71, $6.01, and $5.33, respectively. The fair value of the options granted was estimated using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following assumptions: 
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	2004		 	2003		 	2002		
 	 	 		 	 		 	 		
Dividend Yield	 	 	1.8%	 	 	 	2.4%	 	 	 	1.9%	 	
Volatility	 	 	36.2%	 	 	 	37.2%	 	 	 	38.8%	 	
Risk-free interest rate	 	 	3.6%	 	 	 	3.3%	 	 	 	2.8%	 	
Expected life	 	 	7.3  years	 	 	 	7.0  years	 	 	 	7.1  years	 	
      Trust Services — The Company maintains funds in trust for customers. The amount of these funds and the related liability have not been recorded in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets because they are not assets or liabilities of the Bank or Company, with the exception of any funds held on deposit with the Bank. Trust fees are recorded on a cash basis. 
      Use of Estimates in the Preparation of Financial Statements — The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and 
67 

CVB FINANCIAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued) 
disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. 
      Recent Accounting Pronouncements — Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) Issue No. 03-1, “The Meaning of Other-Than-Temporary Impairment and Its Application to Certain Investments” (“EITF 03-1”), provides application guidance that should be used to determine when an investment is considered impaired, whether that impairment is other-than-temporary, and the recognition of an impairment loss. The guidance also includes accounting considerations subsequent to the recognition of an other-than-temporary impairment and requires certain disclosures about unrealized losses that have not been recognized as other-than-temporary impairments. An investment is impaired if the fair value of the investment is less than its cost. EITF 03-1 outlines that an impairment would be considered other-than-temporary unless: a) the investor has the ability and intent to hold an investment for a reasonable period of time sufficient for the recovery of the fair value up to (or beyond) the cost of the investment, and b) evidence indicating that the cost of the investment is recoverable within a reasonable period of time outweighs evidence to the contrary. Although not presumptive, a pattern of selling investments prior to the forecasted recovery of fair value may call into question the investor’s intent. In addition, the severity and duration of the impairment should also be considered in determining whether the impairment is other-than-temporary. 
      On September 30, 2004, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) staff issued a proposed Board-directed FASB Staff Position, FSP EITF Issue 03-1-a, “Implementation Guidance for the Application of Paragraph 16 of EITF Issue No. 03-1”. The proposed FSP would provide implementation guidance with respect to debt securities that are impaired solely due to interest rates and/or sector spreads and analyzed for other-than-temporary impairment under paragraph 16 of EITF 03-1. The Board also issued FSP EITF Issue No. 03-1-b delaying the effective date of the measurement and recognition guidance contained in paragraphs 10-20 of EITF 03.-1. The delay does not suspend the requirement to recognize other-than temporary impairments as required by existing authoritative literature. Management continues to closely monitor and evaluate how the provisions of EITF 03-1 and the proposed FSP EITF Issue 03-1-a and 03-1-b will affect the Company. Since fluctuations in the fair value for available-for-sale securities are already recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income, adoption of this standard is not expected to have a significant impact on stockholders’ equity. 
      In December 2004, the Accounting Standards Executive Committee of the AICPA issued Statement of Position No. 03-3 (“SOP 03-3”), “Accounting for Certain Loans or Debt Securities Acquired in a Transfer”. SOP 03-3 addresses the accounting for differences between the contractual cash flows and the cash flows expected to be collected from purchased loans or debt securities if those differences are attributable, in part, to credit quality. SOP 03-3 requires purchased loans and debt securities to be recorded initially at fair value based on the present value of the cash flows expected to be collected. Interest income should be recognized based on the effective yield from the cash flows expected to be collected. To the extent that the purchased loans or debt securities experience subsequent deterioration in credit quality, a valuation allowance would be established for any additional cash flows that are not expected to be received. However, if more cash flows subsequently were expected to be received than originally estimated, the effective yield would be adjusted on a prospective basis. SOP 03-3 will be effective for loans and debt securities acquired after December 31, 2004. Although the Company anticipates that the implementation of SOP 03-3 will require loan system and operational changes to track credit related losses on loans purchased that meet the criteria under SOP 03-3, starting in 2005, it is not expected to have a significant effect on the Company’s results of operations, financial position and cash flows. 
      In December 2004, the FASB issued a revision to SFAS No. 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation,” SFAS No. 123R, “Share-Based Payment.” SFAS No. 123R focuses primarily on transactions in which the entity exchanges its equity instruments for employee services and generally establishes standards for the accounting for transactions in which an entity obtains goods or services in share-based 
68 

CVB FINANCIAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued) 
payment transactions. SFAS No. 123R is effective for the Company’s third quarter of fiscal 2005. Management is currently evaluating the effect of the adoption of SFAS No. 123R, and expects the impact to be similar to the amount in the pro forma disclosure. 
      Reclassifications — Certain amounts in the prior years’ financial statements and related footnote disclosures have been reclassified to conform to the current-year presentation. 
		
2.	Investment Securities	
      The amortized cost and estimated fair value of investment securities are shown below. The majority of securities held are publicly traded, and the estimated fair values were obtained from an independent pricing service. 
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	2004		
 	 	 		
 	 	 	 	Gross		 	Gross		 	 	
 	 	 	 	Unrealized		 	Unrealized		 	 	
 	 	Amortized		 	Holding		 	Holding		 	 	
 	 	Cost		 	Gains		 	Losses		 	Fair Value		
 	 	 		 	 		 	 		 	 		
 	 	(Amounts in thousands)		
Investment securities available-for-sale:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	U.S. Treasury securities	 	$	498	 	 	$	—	 	 	$	(2	)	 	$	496	 	
 	Mortgage-backed securities	 	 	1,360,304	 	 	 	8,759	 	 	 	(8,729	)	 	 	1,360,334	 	
 	CMO/ REMICs	 	 	345,285	 	 	 	1,252	 	 	 	(910	)	 	 	345,627	 	
 	Government agency & government-sponsored enterprises	 	 	18,987	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	(230	)	 	 	18,757	 	
 	Municipal bonds	 	 	285,752	 	 	 	21,293	 	 	 	(468	)	 	 	306,577	 	
 	FHLMC preferred stock	 	 	58,340	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	(5,635	)	 	 	52,705	 	
 	Other securities	 	 	518	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	518	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	$	2,069,684	 	 	$	31,304	 	 	$	(15,974	)	 	$	2,085,014	 	

 	 	2003		
 	 	 		
 	 	 	 	Gross		 	Gross		 	 	
 	 	 	 	Unrealized		 	Unrealized		 	 	
 	 	Amortized		 	Holding		 	Holding		 	 	
 	 	Cost		 	Gains		 	Losses		 	Fair Value		
 	 	 		 	 		 	 		 	 		
 	 	(Amounts in thousands)		
Investment securities available-for-sale:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	U.S. Treasury securities	 	$	500	 	 	$	3	 	 	$	—	 	 	$	503	 	
 	Mortgage-backed securities	 	 	1,175,461	 	 	 	9,284	 	 	 	(8,233	)	 	 	1,176,512	 	
 	CMO/ REMICs	 	 	291,474	 	 	 	2,950	 	 	 	(653	)	 	 	293,771	 	
 	Government agency & government-sponsored enterprises	 	 	36,565	 	 	 	376	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	36,941	 	
 	Municipal bonds	 	 	267,667	 	 	 	28,925	 	 	 	(209	)	 	 	296,383	 	
 	FHLMC preferred stock	 	 	63,750	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	(2,650	)	 	 	61,100	 	
 	Other securities	 	 	572	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	572	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	$	1,835,989	 	 	$	41,538	 	 	$	(11,745	)	 	$	1,865,782	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
      At December 31, 2004 approximately 95% of the mortgage-backed securities and CMO/ REMIC (which represent collateralized mortgage obligations and real estate mortgage investment conduits) securities are 
69 

CVB FINANCIAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued) 
issued by either U.S. government agencies or U.S. government-sponsored enterprises that guarantee payment of principal and interest of the underlying mortgages. 
      The remaining CMO/ REMICs are backed by agency-pooled collateral or whole loan collateral. All non-agency CMO/ REMIC issues held are rated “A” or better by either Standard & Poor’s or Moody’s, as of December 31, 2004. 
     Composition of the Fair Value and Gross Unrealized Losses of Securities Available-for-Sale: 
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	December 31, 2004		
 	 	 		
 	 	Less than 12 Months		 	12 Months or Longer		 	Total		
 	 	 		 	 		 	 		
 	 	 	 	Gross		 	 	 	Gross		 	 	 	Gross		
 	 	 	 	Unrealized		 	 	 	Unrealized		 	 	 	Unrealized		
 	 	 	 	Holding		 	 	 	Holding		 	 	 	Holding		
Description of Securities	 	Fair Value		 	Losses		 	Fair Value		 	Losses		 	Fair Value		 	Losses		
 	 	 		 	 		 	 		 	 		 	 		 	 		
 	 	(Amounts in thousands)		
U.S. Treasury Securities	 	$	496	 	 	$	2	 	 	$	—	 	 	$	—	 	 	$	496	 	 	$	2	 	
Mortgage-backed securities	 	 	210,245	 	 	 	761	 	 	 	507,072	 	 	 	7,968	 	 	 	717,317	 	 	 	8,729	 	
CMO/ REMICs	 	 	90,111	 	 	 	681	 	 	 	52,014	 	 	 	229	 	 	 	142,125	 	 	 	910	 	
Government agency & Government-sponsored enterprises	 	 	12,711	 	 	 	179	 	 	 	6,047	 	 	 	51	 	 	 	18,758	 	 	 	230	 	
Municipal bonds	 	 	30,077	 	 	 	272	 	 	 	6,673	 	 	 	196	 	 	 	36,750	 	 	 	468	 	
FHLMC Preferred Stock	 	 	58,340	 	 	 	5,635	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	58,340	 	 	 	5,635	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	$	401,980	 	 	$	7,530	 	 	$	571,806	 	 	$	8,444	 	 	$	973,786	 	 	$	15,974	 	

 	 	December 31, 2003		
 	 	 		
 	 	Less than 12 Months		 	12 months or longer		 	Total		
 	 	 		 	 		 	 		
 	 	 	 	Gross		 	 	 	Gross		 	 	 	Gross		
 	 	 	 	Unrealized		 	 	 	Unrealized		 	 	 	Unrealized		
 	 	 	 	Holding		 	 	 	Holding		 	 	 	Holding		
Description of Securities	 	Fair Value		 	Losses		 	Fair Value		 	Losses		 	Fair Value		 	Losses		
 	 	 		 	 		 	 		 	 		 	 		 	 		
 	 	 	 	 	 	(Amounts in		 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	thousands)		 	 	 	 	
Mortgage-backed securities	 	$	655,580	 	 	$	8,206	 	 	$	11,604	 	 	$	27	 	 	$	667,184	 	 	$	8,233	 	
CMO/ REMICs	 	 	87,494	 	 	 	653	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	87,494	 	 	 	653	 	
Municipal bonds	 	 	7,992	 	 	 	208	 	 	 	295	 	 	 	1	 	 	 	8,287	 	 	 	209	 	
FHLMC Preferred Stock	 	 	21,500	 	 	 	2,250	 	 	 	39,600	 	 	 	400	 	 	 	61,100	 	 	 	2,650	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	$	772,566	 	 	$	11,317	 	 	$	51,499	 	 	$	428	 	 	$	824,065	 	 	$	11,745	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
      The tables above show the Company’s investment securities’ gross unrealized losses and fair value by investment category and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position, at December 31, 2004 and 2003. The Company has reviewed individual securities classified as available-for-sale to determine whether a decline in fair value below the amortized cost basis is other-than-temporary. If it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of a debt security not impaired at acquisition, an other-than-temporary impairment shall be considered to have occurred. If an other-than-temporary impairment occurs the cost basis of the security would be written down to its fair value as a new cost basis and the write down accounted for as a realized loss. 
      Despite the unrealized loss position of these securities, the Company has concluded, as of December 31, 2004 and 2003, that these investments are not other-than-temporarily impaired. This assessment was based on the following factors: i) the length of the time and the extent to which the market values have been less than 
70 

CVB FINANCIAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued) 
cost; ii) the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer; iii) the intent and ability of the Company to retain its investment in a security for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in market value; and iv) general market conditions which reflect prospects for the economy as a whole, including interest rates and sector credit spreads. 
      At December 31, 2004 and 2003, investment securities having an amortized cost of approximately $1.66 billion and $1.23 billion respectively, were pledged to secure public deposits, short and long-term borrowings, and for other purposes as required or permitted by law. 
      The amortized cost and fair value of debt securities at December 31, 2004, are based on the prerefund date, call date, or contractual maturity, are shown below. Although mortgage-backed securities and CMO/ REMICs have contractual maturities through 2033, expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to prepay such obligations without penalty. 
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Available-for-sale		
 	 	 		
 	 	 	 	Weighted-		
 	 	Amortized		 	 	 	Average		
 	 	Cost		 	Fair Value		 	Yield		
 	 	 		 	 		 	 		
 	 	(Amounts in thousands)		
Due in one year or less	 	$	28,753	 	 	$	29,081	 	 	 	5.48	%	
Due after one year through five years	 	 	1,761,705	 	 	 	1,768,612	 	 	 	4.30	%	
Due after five years through ten years	 	 	182,608	 	 	 	195,168	 	 	 	5.17	%	
Due after ten years	 	 	37,759	 	 	 	38,931	 	 	 	4.76	%	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	$	2,010,825	 	 	$	2,031,792	 	 	 	4.41	%	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
      The above table excludes securities without stated maturities. 
		
3.	Loan and Lease Finance Receivables	
      The following is a summary of the components of loan and lease finance receivables at December 31: 
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	2004		 	2003		
 	 	 		 	 		
 	 	(Amounts in thousands)		
Commercial and Industrial	 	$	905,139	 	 	$	856,373	 	
Real Estate:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Construction	 	 	235,849	 	 	 	156,287	 	
 	Mortgage	 	 	553,000	 	 	 	388,626	 	
Consumer	 	 	38,521	 	 	 	44,645	 	
Municipal lease finance receivables	 	 	71,675	 	 	 	37,866	 	
Auto and equipment leases	 	 	52,783	 	 	 	28,497	 	
Agribusiness	 	 	297,659	 	 	 	255,039	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Gross Loans	 	 	2,154,626	 	 	 	1,767,333	 	
Less:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Allowance for credit losses	 	 	(22,494	)	 	 	(21,282	)	
 	Deferred net loan fees	 	 	(14,552	)	 	 	(7,392	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net Loans	 	$	2,117,580	 	 	$	1,738,659	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
      At December 31, 2004, the Company held approximately $439,520,000 of fixed rate loans. These fixed rate loans bear interest at rates ranging from 3 to 12 percent and have contractual maturities between 1 and 28 years. 
71 

CVB FINANCIAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued) 
		
4.	Transactions Involving Directors and Shareholders	
      In the ordinary course of business, the Bank has granted loans to certain directors, executive officers, and the businesses with which they are associated. All such loans and commitments to lend were made under terms that are consistent with the Bank’s normal lending policies. All related party loans were current as to principal and interest at December 31, 2004 and 2003. 
      The following is an analysis of the activity of all such loans: 
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	As of December 31,		
 	 	 		
 	 	2004		 	2003		
 	 	 		 	 		
 	 	(Amounts in		
 	 	thousands)		
Outstanding balance, beginning of year	 	$	5,790	 	 	$	5,624	 	
Credit granted, including renewals	 	 	2,214	 	 	 	1,312	 	
Repayments	 	 	(2,753	)	 	 	(1,146	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Outstanding balance, end of year	 	$	5,252	 	 	$	5,790	 	

5.	Allowance for Credit Losses and Other Real Estate Owned	
      Activity in the allowance for credit losses was as follows: 
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	2004		 	2003		 	2002		
 	 	 		 	 		 	 		
 	 	(Amounts in thousands)		
Balance, beginning of year	 	$	21,282	 	 	$	21,666	 	 	$	20,469	 	
Provision charged to operations	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	
Acquisition of Western Security Bank	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	2,325	 	
Acquisition of Kaweah National Bank	 	 	—	 	 	 	2,767	 	 	 	—	 	
Allowance for off-balance sheet credit exposure	 	 	—	 	 	 	(1,733	)	 	 	—	 	
Loans charged off	 	 	(2,320	)	 	 	(3,017	)	 	 	(2,409	)	
Recoveries on loans previously charged off	 	 	3,532	 	 	 	1,599	 	 	 	1,281	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Balance, end of year	 	$	22,494	 	 	$	21,282	 	 	$	21,666	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
      The allowance for off-balance sheet credit exposure relates to commitments to extend credit, letters of credit and undisbursed funds on lines of credit. The Company evaluates credit risk associated with the loan and lease portfolio at the same time it evaluates credit risk associated with the off-balance sheet commitments. Effective December 31, 2003, the allowance necessary for the off-balance sheet commitments is reported separately in other liabilities in the accompanying consolidated statements of financial condition and therefore is no longer part of the allowance for loan and lease losses. 
      The Bank measures an impaired loan by using the present value of the expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. If the calculated measurement of an impaired loan is less than the recorded investment in the loan, a portion of the Bank’s general reserve is allocated as an impairment reserve. 
      At December 31, 2004 and 2003, the Bank had classified as impaired, loan amounts totaling $2,000 and $572,000, respectively. No specific reserve was recorded in 2004 on these loans; however, a specific reserve of $289,400 was recorded in 2003. The average recorded investment in impaired loans during the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003, and 2002 was approximately $744,000, $1,937,000, and $7,117,000, respectively. Interest income of $1,000, $82,000, and $1,035,000 was recognized, based on cash receipts, on impaired loans during the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003, and 2002, respectively. 
72 

CVB FINANCIAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued) 
      The accrual of interest on impaired loans is discontinued when the loan becomes 90 days past due, or when the full collection of principal and interest is in doubt. When an asset is placed on nonaccrual status, previously accrued but unpaid interest is reversed against income. Subsequent collections of cash may be applied as reductions to the principal balance, or recorded as income, depending on management’s assessment of the ultimate collectibility of the asset. Nonaccrual assets may be restored to accrual status when principal and interest become current and full payment of principal and interest is expected. For 2004, our non-performing loans were less than $2,000. The interest that would have been collected was minimal. Had non-performing loans for which interest was no longer accruing complied with the original terms and conditions of their notes, interest income would have been $134,000 greater for 2003, and $116,000 greater for 2002. 
      At December 31, 2004 and 2003, loans on nonaccrual status totaled $2,000 and $548,000, all of which are included in the impaired loans discussed above. 
      The Company has no other real estate owned or allowance for other real estate owned losses at December 31, 2004 or 2003. 
      There were no expenses incurred in 2004, 2003, and 2002 related to holding and disposition of OREO. 
		
6.	Premises and Equipment	
      Premises and equipment consist of: 
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	As of December 31,		
 	 	 		
 	 	2004		 	2003		
 	 	 		 	 		
 	 	(Amount in thousands)		
Land	 	$	4,742	 	 	$	5,876	 	
Bank premises	 	 	21,319	 	 	 	26,535	 	
Furniture and equipment	 	 	43,975	 	 	 	38,001	 	
Leased property under capital lease	 	 	649	 	 	 	649	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	70,685	 	 	 	71,061	 	
Accumulated depreciation and amortization	 	 	(37,177	)	 	 	(39,992	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	$	33,508	 	 	$	31,069	 	

7.	Income Taxes	
      Income tax expense comprised the following: 
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	2004		 	2003		 	2002		
 	 	 		 	 		 	 		
 	 	(Amounts in thousands)		
Current provision:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Federal	 	$	21,707	 	 	$	14,622	 	 	$	17,820	 	
 	State	 	 	9,714	 	 	 	8,097	 	 	 	7,749	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	31,421	 	 	 	22,719	 	 	 	25,569	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Deferred provision (benefit):	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Federal	 	 	(2,759	)	 	 	5,267	 	 	 	1,128	 	
 	State	 	 	(778	)	 	 	670	 	 	 	404	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	(3,537	)	 	 	5,937	 	 	 	1,532	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	$	27,884	 	 	$	28,656	 	 	$	27,101	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
73 

CVB FINANCIAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued) 
      Income tax liability (asset) comprised the following: 
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	2004		 	2003		
 	 	 		 	 		
 	 	(Amounts in		
 	 	thousands)		
Current:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Federal	 	$	(3,984	)	 	$	(1,924	)	
 	State	 	 	211	 	 	 	545	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	(3,773	)	 	 	(1,379	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Deferred:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Federal	 	 	2,580	 	 	 	5,222	 	
 	State	 	 	1,829	 	 	 	(19	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	4,409	 	 	 	5,203	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	$	636	 	 	$	3,824	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
      The components of the net deferred tax (liability) asset are as follows: 
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	2004		 	2003		
 	 	 		 	 		
 	 	(Amounts in		
 	 	thousands)		
Federal	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Deferred tax liabilities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Depreciation	 	$	3,197	 	 	$	3,433	 	
 	Other Intangibles	 	 	242	 	 	 	294	 	
 	Acquisition — Western Security Bank	 	 	1,155	 	 	 	1,440	 	
 	Acquisition — Kaweah National Bank	 	 	1,556	 	 	 	1,752	 	
 	Leases	 	 	49	 	 	 	60	 	
 	Deferred income	 	 	3,330	 	 	 	3,228	 	
 	Other, net	 	 	167	 	 	 	—	 	
 	Unrealized gain on investment securities, net	 	 	5,343	 	 	 	10,386	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Gross deferred tax liability	 	 	15,039	 	 	 	20,593	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Deferred tax assets:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	California franchise tax	 	 	2,549	 	 	 	1,802	 	
 	Bad debt and credit loss deduction	 	 	8,431	 	 	 	7,976	 	
 	Net operating loss carryforward	 	 	1,696	 	 	 	1,942	 	
 	Deferred compensation	 	 	2,738	 	 	 	3,577	 	
 	Other-than-temporary impaired securities	 	 	2,205	 	 	 	—	 	
 	Other, net	 	 	—	 	 	 	74	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Gross deferred tax asset	 	 	17,619	 	 	 	15,371	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net deferred tax (liability) asset — federal	 	$	2,580	 	 	$	(5,222	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
74 

CVB FINANCIAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued) 
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	2004		 	2003		
 	 	 		 	 		
 	 	(Amounts in		
 	 	thousands)		
State	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Deferred tax liabilities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Depreciation	 	$	94	 	 	$	336	 	
 	Other Intangibles	 	 	75	 	 	 	91	 	
 	Acquisition — Western Security Bank	 	 	358	 	 	 	446	 	
 	Acquisition — Kaweah National Bank	 	 	482	 	 	 	543	 	
 	Leases	 	 	4	 	 	 	3	 	
 	Deferred income	 	 	1,032	 	 	 	1,000	 	
 	Unrealized gain on investment securities, net	 	 	1,095	 	 	 	2,127	 	
 	Other, net	 	 	49	 	 	 	—	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Gross deferred tax liability	 	 	3,189	 	 	 	4,546	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Deferred tax assets:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Bad debt and credit loss deduction	 	 	2,630	 	 	 	2,499	 	
 	Net operating loss carryforward	 	 	793	 	 	 	793	 	
 	Deferred compensation	 	 	912	 	 	 	1,178	 	
 	Other-than-temporary impaired securities	 	 	683	 	 	 	—	 	
 	Other, net	 	 	—	 	 	 	95	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Gross deferred tax asset	 	 	5,018	 	 	 	4,565	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net deferred tax (liability) asset — state	 	$	1,829	 	 	$	19	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
      A reconciliation of the statutory income tax rate to the consolidated effective income tax rate follows: 
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	2004		 	2003		 	2002		
 	 	 		 	 		 	 		
 	 	Amount		 	Percent		 	Amount		 	Percent		 	Amount		 	Percent		
 	 	 		 	 		 	 		 	 		 	 		 	 		
 	 	(Amounts in thousands)		
Federal income tax at statutory rate	 	$	31,280	 	 	 	35.0	%	 	$	28,521	 	 	 	35.0	%	 	$	26,896	 	 	 	35.0	%	
State franchise taxes, net of federal benefit	 	 	6,345	 	 	 	7.1	%	 	 	5,786	 	 	 	7.1	%	 	 	5,456	 	 	 	7.1	%	
Tax-exempt income	 	 	(6,339	)	 	 	(7.1	)%	 	 	(5,124	)	 	 	(6.3	)%	 	 	(5,194	)	 	 	(6.7	)%	
Tax credits	 	 	(1,435	)	 	 	(1.6	)%	 	 	(1,435	)	 	 	(1.7	)%	 	 	—	 	 	 	0.0	%	
Resolution of tax contingencies	 	 	(1,967	)	 	 	(2.2	)%	 	 	—	 	 	 	0.0	%	 	 	—	 	 	 	0.0	%	
Other, net	 	 	—	 	 	 	0.0	%	 	 	908	 	 	 	1.1	%	 	 	(57	)	 	 	(0.1	)%	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	$	27,884	 	 	 	31.2	%	 	$	28,656	 	 	 	35.2	%	 	$	27,101	 	 	 	35.3	%	

8.	Deposits	
      Time certificates of deposit with balances of $100,000 or more amounted to approximately $355.1 million and $407.2 million at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively. Interest expense on such deposits amounted to approximately $4.8 million (2004), $5.7 million (2003), and $8.0 million (2002). 
75 

CVB FINANCIAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued) 
      At December 31, 2004, the scheduled maturities of time certificates of deposit are as follows (000’s omitted): 
 	 	 	 	 	
2005	 	$	453,891	 	
2006	 	 	24,166	 	
2007	 	 	1,211	 	
2008	 	 	239	 	
2009 and thereafter	 	 	658	 	
 	 	 	 	
 	 	$	480,165	 	
 	 	 	 	
      At December 31, 2004, the Company had a single depositor with balances of approximately $140.0 million. 
		
9.	Borrowings	
      During 2004 and 2003, the Bank entered into short-term borrowing agreements with the FHLB. The Bank had outstanding balances of $226.0 million and $318.0 million under these agreements at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively, with weighted-average interest rates of 2.1%and 2.0%, respectively. FHLB held certain investment securities of the Bank as collateral for those borrowings. The average outstanding balance of short-term borrowings for 2004 and 2003 was $321.1 million and $234.3 million, respectively. The maximum outstanding at any month-end was $447.0 million during 2004 and $318.0 million during 2003. On December 31, 2004 and 2003, the Bank entered into an overnight agreement with certain financial institutions to borrow an aggregate of $130.0 million and $87.5 million, respectively, at a weighted average annual interest rate of 1.4% and 0.9%, respectively. The Bank maintained cash deposits with the financial institutions as collateral for these borrowings. 
      The Bank entered into an agreement, known as the Treasury Tax & Loan (“TT&L”) Note Option Program, in 1996 with the Federal Reserve Bank and the U.S. Department of the Treasury in which federal tax deposits made by depositors can be held by the Bank until called (withdrawn) by the U.S. Department of the Treasury. The maximum amount of accumulated federal tax deposits allowable to be held by the Bank, as set forth in the agreement, is $15.0 million. On December 31, 2004 and 2003, the amounts held by the Bank in the TT&L Note Option Program were $6.5 million and $3.8 million respectively, collateralized by securities. Amounts are payable on demand. The Bank borrows at a variable rate of 34 and 24 basis points less than the average weekly federal funds rate, which was 1.35% and 1.03% at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively. The average amounts held in 2004 and 2003 were $4.4 million and $4.2 million, respectively. 
      During 2004 and 2003, the Bank entered into long-term borrowing agreements with the FHLB. The Bank had outstanding balances of $830.0 million and $381.0 million under these agreements at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively, and had an average outstanding balance of $587.9 million and 400.3 million with weighted-average interest rates of 3.1% and 3.4% as of December 31, 2004 and 2003 respectively. FHLB held certain investment securities of the Bank as collateral for those borrowings. The maturity dates of the outstanding balances at December 31, 2004 are as follows: $520.0 million in 2006, $210.0 million in 2007, and $100.0 million in 2011. 
		
10.	Junior Subordinated Debentures	
      On December 17, 2003, CVB Statutory Trust I completed a $40,000,000 offering of Trust Preferred Securities and used the gross proceeds from the offering and other cash totaling $41,238,000 to purchase a like amount of junior subordinated debenture of the Company. The junior subordinated debenture was issued concurrent with the issuance of the Trust Preferred Securities. The interest on junior subordinated debenture, paid by the Company to CVB Statutory Trust I, represent the sole revenues of CVB Statutory Trust I and the 
76 

CVB FINANCIAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued) 
sole source of dividend distribution to the holders of the Trust Preferred Securities. The Company has fully and conditionally guaranteed all of CVB Statutory Trust I’s obligations under the Trust Preferred Securities. The Company has the right, assuming no default has occurred, to defer payments of interest on the junior subordinated debenture at any time for a period not to exceed 20 consecutive quarters. The Trust Preferred Securities will mature on December 17, 2033, but become callable in part or in total on December 17, 2008 by CVB Statutory Trust I. The Trust Preferred Securities have a fixed interest rate of 6.51% during the first five years, after which the interest rate will float and reset quarterly at the three-month Libor rate plus 2.85%. 
      On December 15, 2003, CVB Statutory Trust II completed a $40,000,000 offering of Trust Preferred Securities and used the gross proceeds from the offering and other cash totaling $41,238,000 to purchase a like amount of junior subordinated debenture of the Company. The junior subordinated debenture was issued concurrent with the issuance of the Trust Preferred Securities. The interest on junior subordinated debenture, paid by the Company to CVB Statutory Trust II, represent the sole revenues of CVB Statutory Trust II and the sole source of dividend distribution to the holders of the Trust Preferred Securities. The Company has fully and conditionally guaranteed all of CVB Statutory Trust II’s obligations under the Trust Preferred Securities. The Company has the right, assuming no default has occurred, to defer payments of interest on the junior subordinated debenture at any time for a period not to exceed 20 consecutive quarters. The Trust Preferred Securities will mature on December 15, 2033, but become callable in part or in total on December 15, 2008 by CVB Statutory Trust II. The Trust Preferred Securities have a fixed interest rate of 6.46% during the first five years, after which the interest rate will float and reset quarterly at the three-month Libor rate plus 2.85%. 
		
11.	Commitments and Contingencies	
		
	Leases	
      The Company leases land and buildings under operating leases for varying periods extending to 2015, at which time the Company can exercise options that could extend certain leases through 2027. The future minimum annual rental payments required for leases that have initial or remaining noncancelable lease terms in excess of one year as of December 31, 2004, excluding property taxes and insurance, are as follows (000’s omitted): 
 	 	 	 	 	
2005	 	$	4,143	 	
2006	 	 	3,478	 	
2007	 	 	3,369	 	
2008	 	 	2,519	 	
2009	 	 	1,766	 	
Succeeding years	 	 	2,667	 	
 	 	 	 	
Total minimum payments required	 	$	17,942	 	
 	 	 	 	
      Total rental expense for the Company was approximately $3.4 million (2004), $3.2 million (2003), and $3.1 million (2002). 
		
	Commitments	
      At December 31, 2004, the Company had commitments to extend credit of approximately $762.9 million and obligations under letters of credit of $71.5 million. Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to customers, provided there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Commitments are generally variable rate, and many of these commitments are expected to expire without 
77 

CVB FINANCIAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued) 
being drawn upon. As such, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. The Bank uses the same credit underwriting policies in granting or accepting such commitments or contingent obligations as it does for on-balance-sheet instruments, which consist of evaluating customers’ creditworthiness individually. 
      Standby letters of credit written are conditional commitments issued by the Bank to guarantee the financial performance of a customer to a third party. Those guarantees are primarily issued to support private borrowing arrangements. The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loan facilities to customers. When deemed necessary, the Bank holds appropriate collateral supporting those commitments. Management does not anticipate any material losses as a result of these transactions. 
      The Bank has available lines of credit totaling $958.2 million from certain financial institutions. 
		
	Shareholder Rights Plan	
      In 2000, the Company adopted a shareholder rights plan designed to maximize long-term value and to protect shareholders from improper takeover tactics and takeover bids which are not fair to all shareholders. In accordance with the plan, preferred share purchase rights were distributed as a dividend at the rate of one right to purchase one one-thousandth of a share of our Series A Participating Preferred Stock at an exercise price of $50.00 (subject to adjustment) upon the occurrence of certain triggering events. 
      The rights become exercisable, and will begin to trade separately from the Common Stock of the Company, upon the earlier of (i) 10 days following a public announcement that a person or group of affiliated persons has acquired, or obtained the right to acquire, beneficial ownership of 20% or more of the outstanding Common Stock or (ii) ten business days (or such later day as determined by the Board) after a person or group announces a tender offer or exchange offer, the consummation of which would result in ownership by a person or group of 20% or more of our Common Stock. Each right will entitle the holder to purchase Common Stock of the Company having a current market value of twice the exercise price of the right. If the Company is acquired through a merger or other business combination transaction, or if there is a sale of more than 50% of our assets or earning power, each right will entitle the holder (other than rights held by the acquiring person) to purchase, at the exercise price, common stock of the acquiring entity having a value of twice the exercise price at the time. 
      The Company’s Board of Directors has the option, at any time after a person becomes a 20% holder of our outstanding common stock, to exchange all or part of the rights (other than rights held by the acquiring person) for shares of common stock of the Company provided the Company may not make such an exchange after the person becomes the beneficial owner of 50% or more of our outstanding stock. 
      The Company may redeem the rights for $.01 each at any time on, or prior to, public announcement that a person has become the beneficial owner of 20% or more of our common stock. The rights will expire on June 21, 2010, unless earlier redeemed or exchanged. 
		
	Other Contingencies	
      In the ordinary course of business, the Company becomes involved in litigation. Based upon the Company’s internal records and discussions with legal counsel, the Company records reserves for estimates of the probable outcome of all cases brought against them. 
      In early 2004, the Company suffered a break-in at one of its business financial centers. It resulted in a loss to its customers of items located in their safe deposit boxes. The Company had been compensating our customers for their losses with the acknowledgement of its insurance company that they were not confirming or denying coverage. In September 2005, the insurance company ceased approving claims. Over the last 
78 

CVB FINANCIAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued) 
quarter of the year, it became apparent that the insurance company would deny coverage. Therefore, the Company decided to reserve $2.2 million as an estimate of the claims yet to be paid. The Company is currently determining what action to take against the insurance company. 
		
12.	Deferred Compensation Plans	
      As a result of the acquisition of Citizens Commercial Trust and Savings Bank of Pasadena (“CCT&SB”) in 1996, the Bank assumed deferred compensation and salary continuation agreements with several former employees of CCT&SB. These agreements call for periodic payments at the retirement of such employees who have normal retirement dates through 2021. In connection with these agreements, the Bank assumed life insurance policies, which it intends to use to fund the related liability. Benefits paid to retirees amounted to approximately $109,000 (2004), $178,000 (2003), and $181,000 (2002). 
      The Bank also assumed a death benefit program for certain former employees of CCT&SB, under which the Bank will provide benefits to the former employees’ beneficiaries: 1) in the event of death while employed by the Bank; 2) after termination of employment for total and permanent disability; 3) after retirement, if retirement occurs after age 65. Amounts are to be paid to the former employees’ beneficiaries over a 10-year period in equal installments. Further, the Bank assumed life insurance policies to fund any future liability related to this program. Amounts paid for the benefit of retirees totaled approximately $170,000 in each of 2004, 2003, and 2002. 
      The Company assumed certain deferred compensation and salary continuation agreements as a result of the merger with Orange National Bancorp (“ONB”) in 1999. These agreements called for periodic payments over 180 months in the event that ONB experienced a merger, acquisition, or other act wherein the employees were not retained in similar positions with the surviving company. Amounts paid under these agreements totaled approximately $60,000 in each of 2004, 2003, and 2002. 
      The Company assumed certain deferred compensation and salary continuation agreements as a result of the merger with Western Security Bank (“WSB”) in 2002. These agreements called for periodic payments over 180 months in the event that WSB experienced a merger, acquisition, or other act wherein the employees were not retained in similar positions with the surviving company. Amounts paid under these agreements totaled approximately $498,000 in 2004 and 2003, and $208,000 in 2002. 
      In 2003, the acquired Kaweah National Bank (“KNB”) had severance arrangements with several of its officers should they not retain a similar position upon a change of control. These monies totaling $879,000 were paid into a Rabbi Trust by KNB prior to the closing of the acquisition. The Bank and the Company have no further commitments under these arrangements. 
		
13.	401(k) and Profit-Sharing Plan	
      The Bank sponsors a 401(k) and profit-sharing plan for the benefit of its employees. Employees are eligible to participate in the plan after 12 months of consecutive service, provided they have completed 1,000 service hours in the plan year. Employees may make contributions to the plan under the plan’s 401(k) component. The Bank contributes 3%, non-matching, to the plan to comply with ERISA’s safe harbor provisions. The Bank may make additional contributions under the plan’s profit-sharing component, subject to certain limitations. The Bank’s total contributions are determined by the Board of Directors and amounted to approximately $2,480,000 (2004), $2,162,000 (2003), and $1,735,000 (2002). 
79 

CVB FINANCIAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued) 
		
14.	Earnings Per Share Reconciliation	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	December 31, 2004		
 	 	 		
 	 	 	 	Weighted		 	 	
 	 	Income		 	Average Shares		 	Per Share		
 	 	(Numerator)		 	(Denominator)		 	Amount		
 	 	 		 	 		 	 		
 	 	(Amount and share in thousands,		
 	 	except per share amount)		
Basic EPS	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Income available to common stockholders	 	$	61,486	 	 	 	60,525	 	 	$	1.02	 	
Effect of Dilutive Securities	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Incremental shares from assumed exercise of outstanding options	 	 	 	 	 	 	754	 	 	 	(0.02	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Diluted EPS	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Income available to common stockholders	 	$	61,486	 	 	 	61,279	 	 	$	1.00	 	

 	 	December 31, 2003		
 	 	 		
Basic EPS	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Income available to common stockholders	 	$	52,832	 	 	 	60,228	 	 	$	0.88	 	
Effect of Dilutive Securities	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Incremental shares from assumed exercise of outstanding options	 	 	 	 	 	 	1,160	 	 	 	(0.02	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Diluted EPS	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Income available to common stockholders	 	$	52,832	 	 	 	61,388	 	 	$	0.86	 	

 	 	December 31, 2002		
 	 	 		
Basic EPS	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Income available to common stockholders	 	$	49,745	 	 	 	59,982	 	 	$	0.83	 	
Effect of Dilutive Securities	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Incremental shares from assumed exercise of outstanding options	 	 	 	 	 	 	1,313	 	 	 	(0.02	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Diluted EPS	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Income available to common stockholders	 	$	49,745	 	 	 	61,295	 	 	$	0.81	 	

15.	Stock Option Plans	
      In May 2000, the Company approved a stock option plan that authorizes the issuance of up to 4,726,563 shares (all share amounts have been adjusted to reflect stock dividends and splits) of our stock, and expires in March 2010. The Company also has a stock option plan approved in 1991 that authorized the issuance of up to 6,065,951 shares and expired in February 2001. Under both plans option prices are determined at the fair market value of such shares on the date of grant, and options are exercisable in such installments as determined by the Board of Directors. 
      As a result of the merger with Orange National Bank (“ONB”), the Company maintains two compensatory incentive stock option plans in which options to purchase shares of Company common stock were granted. At December 31, 2004, options for the purchase of 21,270 shares were outstanding and exercisable. There are no further shares available for granting under these plans. 
80 

CVB FINANCIAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued) 
      At December 31, 2004, options for the purchase of 1,930,899 shares of Company common stock were outstanding under the above plans, of which options to purchase 1,122,088 shares were exercisable at prices ranging from $1.51 to $15.32; 3,329,400 shares of common stock were available for the granting of future options under the May 2000 plan. 
      The following table presents the status of all optioned shares and per share amounts: 
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Shares		 	Price Range	
 	 	 		 	 	
Outstanding at January 1, 2002	 	 	2,339,053	 	 	$ 1.05 - $10.89	
Granted	 	 	314,114	 	 	$11.61 - $12.29	
Exercised	 	 	(147,704	)	 	$ 1.05 - $ 8.54	
 	Effect of stock splits and dividends	 	 	(107,860	)	 	 	
Canceled	 	 	(3,782	)	 	$ 7.02 - $ 7.02	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
Outstanding at December 31, 2002	 	 	2,393,821	 	 	$ 1.51 - $12.29	
Granted	 	 	49,500	 	 	$13.93 - $15.49	
Exercised	 	 	(318,887	)	 	$ 1.51 - $11.61	
 	Effect of stock splits and dividends	 	 	(160,378	)	 	 	
Canceled	 	 	(18,382	)	 	$ 6.60 - $11.61	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
Outstanding at December 31, 2003	 	 	1,945,674	 	 	$ 1.51 - $12.29	
Granted	 	 	467,691	 	 	$15.47 - $21.25	
Exercised	 	 	(344,996	)	 	$ 1.82 - $14.07	
 	Effect of stock splits and dividends	 	 	(129,991	)	 	 	
Canceled	 	 	(7,479	)	 	$ 6.60 - $14.07	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
Outstanding at December 31, 2004	 	 	1,930,899	 	 	$ 1.51 - $21.25	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
      At December 31, 2004, 1,122,088 options are exercisable at a weighted average exercise price of $6.50. The remaining weighted-average contractual life of the 1,930,899 options outstanding at December 31, 2004 is 5.8 years. 
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
OPTIONS OUTSTANDING		 	OPTIONS EXERCISABLE		
 		 	 		
 	 	Outstanding		 	Weighted-Average		 	 	 	Exercisable		 	 	
Range of		 	as of		 	Remaining		 	Weighted-Average		 	as of		 	Weighted-Average		
Exercise Prices		 	12/31/04		 	Contractual Life		 	Exercise Price		 	12/31/04		 	Exercise Price		
 		 	 		 	 		 	 		 	 		 	 		
$	— - $ 2.13	 	 	 	1	 	 	 	0.0	 	 	$	1.51	 	 	 	1	 	 	$	1.51	 	
$	2.13 - $ 4.25	 	 	 	213,277	 	 	 	0.4	 	 	$	2.48	 	 	 	213,277	 	 	$	2.48	 	
$	4.25 - $ 6.38	 	 	 	110,461	 	 	 	3.0	 	 	$	5.03	 	 	 	106,442	 	 	$	4.99	 	
$	6.38 - $ 8.50	 	 	 	752,523	 	 	 	5.0	 	 	$	6.98	 	 	 	643,270	 	 	$	7.02	 	
$	8.50 - $10.63	 	 	 	69,207	 	 	 	5.3	 	 	$	8.88	 	 	 	56,739	 	 	$	8.83	 	
$	10.63 - $12.75	 	 	 	271,673	 	 	 	7.5	 	 	$	11.66	 	 	 	93,150	 	 	$	11.66	 	
$	12.75 - $14.98	 	 	 	34,378	 	 	 	8.6	 	 	$	14.06	 	 	 	6,872	 	 	$	14.06	 	
$	14.88 - $17.00	 	 	 	350,438	 	 	 	9.2	 	 	$	16.65	 	 	 	2,337	 	 	$	15.32	 	
$	17.00 - $19.13	 	 	 	126,941	 	 	 	9.5	 	 	$	17.14	 	 	 	—	 	 	$	—	 	
$	19.13 - $21.25	 	 	 	2,000	 	 	 	10.0	 	 	$	21.25	 	 	 	—	 	 	$	—	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	1,930,899	 	 	 	5.8	 	 	$	9.66	 	 	 	1,122,088	 	 	$	6.50	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
81 

CVB FINANCIAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued) 
		
16.	Regulatory Matters	
      The Company (on a consolidated basis) and the Bank are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking regulatory agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory — and possibly additional discretionary — actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct, material effect on the Company’s and the Bank’s financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Company and Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance-sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgment by the regulators about components, risk-weightings, and other factors. Prompt corrective action provisions are not applicable to bank holding companies. 
      Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Company and the Bank to maintain minimum amounts and ratios (set forth in the table below) of total and Tier I capital (primarily common stock and retained earnings, less goodwill) to risk-weighted assets, and of Tier I capital to average assets. Management believes that, as of December 31, 2004 and 2003, the Company and the Bank meet all capital adequacy requirements to which they are subject. 
      As of December 31, 2004 and 2003, the most recent notifications from the FDIC categorized the Bank as well capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To be categorized as well capitalized, the minimum total risk-based, Tier I risk-based, and Tier I leverage (tangible Tier I capital divided by average total assets) ratios as set forth in the table below must be maintained. There are no conditions or events since said notification that management believes have changed the Bank’s category. 
82 

CVB FINANCIAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued) 
      CVB Statutory Trust I & Trust II issued $82 million of trust-preferred securities, which are included in Tier I capital for regulatory purposes. The actual amount and capital ratios of the Company and the Bank at December 31 are as follows: 
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	To Be Well		
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	Capitalized under		
 	 	 	 	For Capital Adequacy		 	Prompt Corrective		
 	 	Actual		 	Purposes:		 	Action Provisions:		
 	 	 		 	 		 	 		
 	 	Amount		 	 	 	Amount		 	 	 	Amount		 	 	
 	 	(000s)		 	Ratio		 	(000s)		 	Ratio		 	(000s)		 	Ratio		
 	 	 		 	 		 	 		 	 		 	 		 	 		
As of December 31, 2004:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Total Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets)	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Company	 	$	387,031	 	 	 	13.4%	 	 	$	230,718	 	 	 	³8.0%	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	N/A	 	
 	 	Bank	 	 	365,660	 	 	 	12.7%	 	 	 	229,793	 	 	 	³8.0%	 	 	$	287,243	 	 	 	³10.0%	 	
 	Tier I Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets)	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Company	 	$	362,804	 	 	 	12.6%	 	 	$	115,359	 	 	 	³4.0%	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	N/A	 	
 	 	Bank	 	 	341,433	 	 	 	11.9%	 	 	 	114,864	 	 	 	³4.0%	 	 	$	172,296	 	 	 	³6.0%	 	
 	Tier I Capital (to Average-Assets)	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Company	 	$	362,804	 	 	 	8.3%	 	 	$	174,845	 	 	 	³4.0%	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	N/A	 	
 	 	Bank	 	 	341,433	 	 	 	7.8%	 	 	 	174,423	 	 	 	³4.0%	 	 	$	218,029	 	 	 	³5.0%	 	
As of December 31, 2003:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Total Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets)	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Company	 	$	346,297	 	 	 	14.5%	 	 	$	191,191	 	 	 	³8.0%	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	N/A	 	
 	 	Bank	 	 	337,420	 	 	 	14.2%	 	 	 	190,766	 	 	 	³8.0%	 	 	$	238,459	 	 	 	³10.0%	 	
 	Tier I Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets)	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Company	 	$	316,209	 	 	 	13.2%	 	 	$	95,604	 	 	 	³4.0%	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	N/A	 	
 	 	Bank	 	 	314,405	 	 	 	13.2%	 	 	 	95,346	 	 	 	³4.0%	 	 	$	143,020	 	 	 	³6.0%	 	
 	Tier I Capital (to Average-Assets)	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Company	 	$	316,209	 	 	 	8.6%	 	 	$	146,563	 	 	 	³4.0%	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	N/A	 	
 	 	Bank	 	 	314,405	 	 	 	8.6%	 	 	 	146,747	 	 	 	³4.0%	 	 	$	183,433	 	 	 	³5.0%	 	
      In addition, California Banking Law limits the amount of dividends a bank can pay without obtaining prior approval from bank regulators. Under this law, the Bank could, as of December 31, 2004, declare and pay additional dividends of approximately $74,847,000. 
      Banking regulations require that all banks maintain a percentage of their deposits as reserves at the Federal Reserve Board (“FRB”). On December 31, 2004, this reserve requirement was approximately $400,000. 
83 

CVB FINANCIAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued) 
		
17.	Condensed Financial Information Of Parent Company	
BALANCE SHEETS 
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	2004		 	2003		
 	 	 		 	 		
 	 	(Amounts in thousands)		
Assets:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Investment in subsidiaries	 	$	379,400	 	 	$	360,646	 	
 	Other assets, net	 	 	31,398	 	 	 	16,475	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total assets	 	$	410,798	 	 	$	377,121	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Liabilities	 	$	93,315	 	 	$	90,400	 	
Stockholders’ equity	 	 	317,483	 	 	 	286,721	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity	 	$	410,798	 	 	$	377,121	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
STATEMENTS OF EARNINGS 
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	2004		 	2003		 	2002		
 	 	 		 	 		 	 		
 	 	(Amounts in thousands)		
Excess in net earnings of subsidiaries	 	$	27,143	 	 	$	20,562	 	 	$	28,216	 	
Dividends from the Bank	 	 	38,050	 	 	 	32,642	 	 	 	21,700	 	
Other expense, net	 	 	(3,707	)	 	 	(372	)	 	 	(171	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net earnings	 	$	61,486	 	 	$	52,832	 	 	$	49,745	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
84 

CVB FINANCIAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued) 
STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS 
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	2004		 	2003		 	2002		
 	 	 		 	 		 	 		
 	 	(Amounts in thousands)		
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Net earnings	 	$	61,486	 	 	$	52,832	 	 	$	49,745	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Adjustments to reconcile net earnings to cash (used in) provided by operating activities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Earnings of subsidiaries	 	 	(65,193	)	 	 	(53,204	)	 	 	(49,916	)	
 	 	Other operating activities, net	 	 	194	 	 	 	(1,202	)	 	 	1,286	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	Total adjustments	 	 	(64,999	)	 	 	(54,406	)	 	 	(48,630	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities	 	 	(3,513	)	 	 	(1,574	)	 	 	1,115	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Investment in CVB Statutory Trust I & II	 	 	—	 	 	 	(2,476	)	 	 	—	 	
 	Capital Contribution to the Bank	 	 	—	 	 	 	(80,000	)	 	 	—	 	
 	Dividends received from the Bank	 	 	38,050	 	 	 	32,642	 	 	 	21,700	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities	 	 	38,050	 	 	 	(49,834	)	 	 	21,700	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Cash dividends on common stock	 	 	(23,821	)	 	 	(21,638	)	 	 	(20,800	)	
 	Proceeds from exercise of stock options	 	 	1,281	 	 	 	989	 	 	 	479	 	
 	Repurchase of common stock	 	 	(1,992	)	 	 	(7,053	)	 	 	(2,100	)	
 	Issuance of junior subordinated debentures	 	 	—	 	 	 	82,476	 	 	 	—	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities	 	 	(24,532	)	 	 	54,774	 	 	 	(22,421	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
NET INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS	 	 	10,005	 	 	 	3,366	 	 	 	394	 	
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, BEGINNING OF YEAR	 	 	8,666	 	 	 	5,300	 	 	 	4,906	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, END OF YEAR	 	$	18,671	 	 	$	8,666	 	 	$	5,300	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
85 

CVB FINANCIAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued) 
		
18.	Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)	
      Summarized quarterly financial data follows: 
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Three Months Ended		
 	 	 		
 	 	March 31		             	June 30		 	September 30		 	December 31		
 	 	 		 	 		 	 		 	 		
 	 	(Amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)		
2004	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net interest income	 	$	35,564	 	 	$	35,907	 	 	$	39,976	 	 	$	39,740	 	
Provision for credit losses	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	
Net earnings	 	 	10,072	 	 	 	17,451	 	 	 	17,075	 	 	 	16,888	 	
Basic earnings per common share	 	 	0.17	 	 	 	0.29	 	 	 	0.28	 	 	 	0.28	 	
Diluted earning per common share	 	 	0.16	 	 	 	0.28	 	 	 	0.28	 	 	 	0.28	 	
2003	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net interest income	 	$	31,239	 	 	$	30,547	 	 	$	31,434	 	 	$	36,073	 	
Provision for credit losses	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	
Net earnings	 	 	12,704	 	 	 	12,520	 	 	 	13,502	 	 	 	14,106	 	
Basic earnings per common share	 	 	0.21	 	 	 	0.21	 	 	 	0.23	 	 	 	0.23	 	
Diluted earning per common share	 	 	0.21	 	 	 	0.20	 	 	 	0.22	 	 	 	0.23	 	
		
19.	Fair Value Information	
      The following disclosure of the estimated fair value of financial instruments is made in accordance with the requirements of SFAS No. 107, “Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments.” The estimated fair value amounts have been determined by the Company using available market information and appropriate valuation methodologies. However, considerable judgment is required to develop the estimates of fair value. Accordingly, the estimates presented below are not necessarily indicative of the amounts the Company could have realized in a current market exchange as of December 31, 2004 and 2003. The use of different market assumptions and/or estimation methodologies may have a material effect on the estimated fair value amounts. 
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	2004		 	2003		
 	 	 		 	 		
 	 	Carrying		 	Estimated		 	Carrying		 	Estimated		
 	 	Amount		 	Fair Value		 	Amount		 	Fair Value		
 	 	 		 	 		 	 		 	 		
 	 	(Amounts in thousands)		
Assets	
Cash and cash equivalents	 	$	84,400	 	 	$	84,400	 	 	$	112,008	 	 	$	112,008	 	
FHLB Stock	 	 	53,565	 	 	 	53,565	 	 	 	37,966	 	 	 	37,966	 	
Investment securities available for sale	 	 	2,085,014	 	 	 	2,085,014	 	 	 	1,865,782	 	 	 	1,865,782	 	
Loans and lease finance receivables, net	 	 	2,117,580	 	 	 	2,132,580	 	 	 	1,738,659	 	 	 	1,754,949	 	
Accrued interest receivable	 	 	18,391	 	 	 	18,391	 	 	 	15,724	 	 	 	15,724	 	
 	
Liabilities	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Deposits:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Noninterest-bearing	 	$	1,322,255	 	 	$	1,322,255	 	 	$	1,142,330	 	 	$	1,142,330	 	
 	Interest-bearing	 	 	1,552,784	 	 	 	1,552,208	 	 	 	1,518,180	 	 	 	1,520,542	 	
Demand note to U.S. Treasury	 	 	6,453	 	 	 	6,453	 	 	 	3,834	 	 	 	3,834	 	
Short-term borrowings	 	 	356,000	 	 	 	356,000	 	 	 	405,500	 	 	 	405,500	 	
Long-term borrowings	 	 	830,000	 	 	 	828,996	 	 	 	381,000	 	 	 	392,768	 	
Junior subordinated debentures	 	 	82,476	 	 	 	86,306	 	 	 	82,476	 	 	 	82,476	 	
Accrued interest payable	 	 	8,809	 	 	 	8,809	 	 	 	5,259	 	 	 	5,259	 	
86 

CVB FINANCIAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued) 
      The methods and assumptions used to estimate the fair value of each class of financial instruments for which it is practicable to estimate that value are explained below: 
      The carrying amount of cash and cash equivalents is considered to be a reasonable estimate of fair value. For investment securities, fair values are based on quoted market prices, dealer quotes, and prices obtained from an independent pricing service. 
      The carrying amount of loans and lease finance receivables is their contractual amounts outstanding, Variable rate loans are composed primarily of loans whose interest rates float with changes in the prime interest rate. The carrying amount of variable rate loans, other than such loans on nonaccrual status, is considered to be their estimated fair value. 
      The fair value of fixed rate loans, other than such loans on nonaccrual status, was estimated by discounting the remaining contractual cash flows using the estimated current rate at which similar loans would be made to borrowers with similar credit risk characteristics and for the same remaining maturities, reduced by deferred net loan origination fees and the allocable portion of the allowance for credit losses. Accordingly, in determining the estimated current rate for discounting purposes, no adjustment has been made for any change in borrowers’ credit risks since the origination of such loans. Rather, the allocable portion of the allowance for credit losses is considered to provide for such changes in estimating fair value. 
      The fair value of loans on nonaccrual status has not been specifically estimated because it is not practicable to reasonably assess the credit risk adjustment that would be applied in the marketplace for such loans. As such, the estimated fair value of total loans at December 31, 2004 and 2003 includes the carrying amount of nonaccrual loans at each respective date. 
      The fair value of commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit were not significant at either December 31, 2004 or 2003, as these instruments predominantly have adjustable terms and are of a short-term nature. 
      The amounts of accrued interest receivable on loans and lease finance receivables and investments are considered to be stated at fair value. 
      The amounts payable to depositors for demand, savings, money market accounts, the demand note to the U.S. Treasury, short-term borrowings, and the related accrued interest payable are considered to be stated at fair value. The fair value of fixed-maturity certificates of deposit is estimated using the rates currently offered for deposits of similar remaining maturities. The fair value of long-term borrowings and junior subordinated debentures is estimated using the rates currently offered for borrowings of similar remaining maturities. 
      The fair value estimates presented herein are based on pertinent information available to management as of December 31, 2004 and 2003. Although management is not aware of any factors that would significantly affect the estimated fair value amounts, such amounts have not been comprehensively revalued for purposes of these financial statements since that date, and therefore, current estimates of fair value may differ significantly from the amounts presented above. 
		
20.	Goodwill and Intangible Assets	
      During 2003, the Company acquired KNB and recorded an intangible asset classified as core deposit intangible in the amount of $3.1 million. The weighted average amortization period was 8 years. 
87 

CVB FINANCIAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued) 
      The following is a summary of amortizable intangible assets, which consist of core deposit intangibles, at December 31: 
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	2004		 	2003		
 	 	 		 	 		
 	 	Gross		 	 	 	Gross		 	 	
 	 	Carrying		 	Accumulated		 	Carrying		 	Accumulated		
 	 	Amount		 	Amortization		 	Amount		 	Amortization		
 	 	 		 	 		 	 		 	 		
 	 	(Amounts in thousands)		
Amortized intangible assets	 	$	11,237	 	 	$	(5,101	)	 	$	11,237	 	 	$	(3,916	)	
Aggregate Amortization Expense:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	For year ended	 	$	1,185	 	 	 	 	 	 	$	815	 	 	 	 	 	
Estimated Amortization Expense:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	For the year ended December 31:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	For the year ended 2004	 	$	—	 	 	 	 	 	 	$	1,185	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	For the year ended 2005	 	$	1,161	 	 	 	 	 	 	$	1,161	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	For the year ended 2006	 	$	1,153	 	 	 	 	 	 	$	1,153	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	For the year ended 2007	 	$	1,153	 	 	 	 	 	 	$	1,153	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	For the year ended 2008	 	$	1,153	 	 	 	 	 	 	$	1,153	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	For the year ended 2009	 	$	552	 	 	 	 	 	 	$	552	 	 	 	 	 	
      At December 31, 2004 the weighted average remaining life of intangible assets is approximately 4.2 years. 
      The change in the carrying amount of goodwill for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003, are as follows: 
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	2004		 	2003		
 	 	 		 	 		
 	 	(Amounts in		
 	 	thousands)		
Balance as of January 1	 	$	19,580	 	 	$	10,708	 	
 	Goodwill acquired during the year	 	 	—	 	 	 	8,872	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Balance as of December 31	 	$	19,580	 	 	$	19,580	 	

21.	Subsequent Event	
      On February 25, 2005, we completed our acquisition of Granite State Bank (“Granite”). As of the close of business on February 25, 2005, Granite had $62.8 million in loans, $103.1 million in deposits and $111.4 million in assets. The two offices of Granite, one in Monrovia and the other one in South Pasadena, have become two new offices of Citizens Business Bank. The total acquisition cost was $26.7 million. In accordance with the severance arrangements, $1.2 million was placed into a Rabbi Trust by Granite prior to the closing of the acquisition to cover the salary continuation plan for Granite’s chief executive officer. 
* * * * * 
88 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 
To the Board of Directors 
CVB Financial Corp. 
Ontario, California 
      We have audited the consolidated balance sheet of CVB Financial Corp. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2004, and the related consolidated statements of earnings, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2004. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit. 
      We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion. 
      In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of CVB Financial Corp. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2004, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2004, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. 
      We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the effectiveness of CVB Financial Corp. and subsidiaries’ internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2004, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO), and our report dated March 8, 2005 expressed an unqualified opinion on management’s assessment of the effectiveness of CVB Financial Corp.’s internal control over financial reporting and an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of CVB Financial Corp.’s internal control over financial reporting. 
		
 	/s/ McGladrey & Pullen, LLP 	
 	 	
 	McGladrey & Pullen, LLP	
Pasadena, California 
March 8, 2005 
89 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders 
CVB Financial Corp. 
Ontario, California 
      We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of CVB Financial Corp. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2003, and the related consolidated statements of earnings, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2003. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. 
      We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion. 
      In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of CVB Financial Corp. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2003 and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2003 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. 
		
 	/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP 	
 	 	
 	Deloitte & Touche LLP	
Los Angeles, California 
March 10, 2004 
90 

INDEX TO EXHIBITS 
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Exhibit		 	 	 	 	
No.		 	 	 	Page		
 		 	 	 	 		
 	3.1	 	 	Articles of Incorporation of the Company, as amended	 	 	 	 	
 	3.2	 	 	Bylaws of Company, as amended.(1)	 	 	*	 	
 	3.3	 	 	Reserved	 	 	*	 	
 	4.1	 	 	Form of Registrant’s Common Stock certificate.(2)	 	 	*	 	
 	4.2	 	 	Preferred Shares Rights Agreement, dated as of June 21, 2000, between CVB Financial Corp. and U.S. Stock Transfer Corp., including the Certificate of Determination, the form of Rights Certificate and the Summary of Rights(3)	 	 	*	 	
 	4.3	 	 	Certificate of Determination of Participating Preferred Stock of Registrant(4)	 	 	*	 	
 	4.4	 	 	Form of Rights Certificate(5)	 	 	*	 	
 	4.5	 	 	Summary of Rights(6)	 	 	*	 	
 	4.6	 	 	CVB Statutory Trust I Junior Subordinated Indenture dated December 17, 2003 entered into between CVB Financial Corp. and U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee(7)	 	 	*	 	
 	4.7	 	 	CVB Statutory Trust I Form of Junior Subordinated Deferrable Interest Debenture (included as an exhibit to Exhibit 4.6)(7)	 	 	*	 	
 	4.8	 	 	Amended and Restated Declaration of CVB Statutory Trust I(7)	 	 	*	 	
 	4.9	 	 	CVB Statutory Trust I Form of Capital Security Certificate (included as an exhibit to Exhibit 4.8)(7)	 	 	*	 	
 	4.10	 	 	CVB Statutory Trust I Form of Common Security Certificate (included as an exhibit to Exhibit 4.8)(7)	 	 	*	 	
 	4.11	 	 	CVB Statutory Trust I Guarantee Agreement between CVB Financial Corp. and U.S. Bank National Association(7)	 	 	*	 	
 	4.12	 	 	CVB Statutory Trust II Junior Subordinated Indenture dated December 15, 2003 entered into between CVB Financial Corp. and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee(7)	 	 	*	 	
 	4.13	 	 	CVB Statutory Trust II Form of Junior Subordinated Deferrable Interest Debenture (included as an exhibit to Exhibit 4.12)(7)	 	 	*	 	
 	4.14	 	 	Amended and Restated Declaration of CVB Statutory Trust II(7)	 	 	*	 	
 	4.15	 	 	CVB Statutory Trust II Form of Capital Security Certificate (included as an exhibit to Exhibit 4.14)(7)	 	 	*	 	
 	4.16	 	 	CVB Statutory Trust II Form of Common Security Certificate (included as an exhibit to Exhibit 4.14)(7)	 	 	*	 	
 	4.17	 	 	CVB Statutory Trust II Guarantee Agreement between CVB Financial Corp. and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association(7)	 	 	*	 	
 	10.1	 	 	Reserved	 	 	*	 	
 	10.2	 	 	Agreement by and among D. Linn Wiley, CVB Financial Corp. and Chino Valley Bank dated August 8, 1991.(8)	 	 	*	 	
 	10.3	 	 	Chino Valley Bank Profit Sharing Plan, as amended.(9)	 	 	*	 	
 	10.4	 	 	Form of Indemnification Agreement.(10)	 	 	*	 	
 	10.5	 	 	1991 Stock Option Plan, as amended.(11)	 	 	*	 	
 	10.6	 	 	2000 Stock Option Plan and Form of Agreement.(12)	 	 	*	 	
 	10.7	 	 	Form of Option Agreement under 2000 Stock Option(12)	 	 	*	 	
 	10.8	 	 	Severance Compensation Agreement dated April 1, 2004 with Edwin J. Pomplun(13)	 	 	*	 	
 	10.9	 	 	Severance Compensation Agreement dated April 1, 2004 with Frank Basirico(14)	 	 	*	 	
 	10.10	 	 	Severance Compensation Agreement dated April 1, 2004 with Jay Coleman(15)	 	 	*	 	
 	10.11	 	 	Severance Compensation Agreement dated April 1, 2004 with Edward J. Biebrich(16)	 	 	*	 	
91 

 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Exhibit		 	 	 	 	
No.		 	 	 	Page		
 		 	 	 	 		
 	10.12	 	 	Severance Compensation Agreement dated April 1, 2004 with D. Linn Wiley(17)	 	 	*	 	
 	10.13	 	 	CVB Financial Corp. 1999 Orange National Bancorp 1993 Continuation Stock Option Plan(18)	 	 	*	 	
 	10.13	 	 	CVB Financial Corp. 1999 Orange National Bancorp 1997 Continuation Stock Option Plan(19)	 	 	*	 	
 	10.15	 	 	Schedule of Director Fees	 	 	 	 	
 	10.16	 	 	Salaries for Named Executive Officers	 	 	 	 	
 	12	 	 	Statement regarding computation of ratios (included in Form 10-K)	 	 	 	 	
 	21	 	 	Subsidiaries of Company	 	 	 	 	
 	23.1	 	 	Consent of McGladrey & Pullen, LLP	 	 	 	 	
 	23.2	 	 	Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP	 	 	 	 	
 	31.1	 	 	Certification of D. Linn Wiley pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002	 	 	 	 	
 	31.2	 	 	Certification of Edward J. Biebrich, Jr. pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002	 	 	 	 	
 	32.1	 	 	Certification of D. Linn Wiley pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002	 	 	 	 	
 	32.2	 	 	Certification of Edward J. Biebrich, Jr. pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002	 	 	 	 	

 	*	Not applicable.	
			
 	(1) 	Filed as Exhibit 3.2 to Registrant’s Statement on Form 8-A12G on June 11, 2001, Commission file number 0-10140, which is incorporated herein by this reference.	
 		
 	(2) 	Filed as Exhibit 4.1 to Registrant’s Statement on Form 8-A12G on June 11, 2001, Commission file number 0-10140, which is incorporated herein by this reference.	
 		
 	(3) 	Filed as Exhibit 4.2 to Registrant’s Statement on Form 8-A12G on June 11, 2001, Commission file number 0-10140, which is incorporated herein by this reference.	
 		
 	(4) 	Filed as Exhibit 4.3 to Registrant’s Statement on Form 8-A12G on June 11, 2001, Commission file number 0-10140, which is incorporated herein by this reference.	
 		
 	(5) 	Filed as Exhibit 4.4 to Registrant’s Statement on Form 8-A12G on June 11, 2001, Commission file number 0-10140, which are incorporated herein by this reference.	
 		
 	(6) 	Filed as Exhibit 4.5 to Registrant’s Statement on Form 8-A12G on June 11, 2001, Commission file number 0-10140, which is incorporated herein by this reference.	
 		
 	(7) 	Filed as Exhibits 4.6 thru 4.17 to Registrant’s Statement on Form 10K on March 15, 2004, Commission file number 0-10140, which are incorporated herein by this reference.	
 		
 	(8) 	Filed as Exhibit 10.2 to Registrant’s Statement on Form 10K on March 15, 2004, Commission file number 0-10140, which is incorporated herein by this reference.	
 		
 	(9) 	Filed as Exhibits 10.3 to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1990, Commission file number 1-10394, which are incorporated herein by this reference.	
		
(10) 	Filed as Exhibit 10.13 to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1988, Commission file number 1-10394, which is incorporated herein by this reference.	
 		
(11) 	Filed as Exhibit 10.17 to Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 1998, Commission file number 1-10394, which is incorporated herein by this reference.	
 		
(12) 	Filed as Exhibit 10.18 and 10.19 respectively to Registrant’s Statement on Form S-8 on July 12, 2000, Commission file number 333-41198, which is incorporated herein by this reference.	
 		
(13) 	Filed as Exhibit 10.3 to Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2004, Commission file number 1-10140, which is incorporated herein by reference.	
92 

		
(14) 	Filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2004, Commission file number 1-10140, which is incorporated herein by reference.	
 		
(15) 	Filed as Exhibit 10.4 to Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2004, Commission file number 1-10140, which is incorporated herein by reference.	
 		
(16) 	Filed as Exhibit 10.2 to Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2004, Commission file number 1-10140, which is incorporated herein by reference.	
 		
(17) 	Filed as Exhibit 10.5 to Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2004, Commission file number 1-10140, which is incorporated herein by reference.	
 		
(18) 	Filed as Exhibit 99.1 and 99.2 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 on October 6, 1999, Registration No. 333-88519, which is incorporated herein by this reference.	
 		
(19) 	Filed as Exhibit 99.1 and 99.2 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 on October 6, 1999, Registration No. 333-88519, which is incorporated herein by this reference.	
93 

                                                                     EXHIBIT 3.1

                           CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT OF
                          ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION OF
                               CVB FINANCIAL CORP.

        John Cavallucci and Christina Schaefer certify:

        1. That they are the President/Chief Executive Officer and Secretary,
respectively, of CVB Financial Corp., a California corporation.

        2. That Article Four of the Corporation's Articles of Incorporation is
amended to read as follows:

                "Four: The Corporation is authorized to issue only one class of
shares, and the total number of shares which the Corporation is authorized to
issue is 25,000,000. Upon the amendment of this Article to read as herein set
forth each four outstanding shares are split up and converted into five shares."

        3. That the foregoing amendment of the Corporation's Articles of
Incorporation has been duly approved by the Board of Directors.

        4. That the foregoing amendment was one which the Board of Directors
alone may adopt without approval of the outstanding shares pursuant to Section
902(c) of the California Corporations Code, since only one class of shares is
outstanding.

                                           /S/John Cavallucci
                                           ------------------------------------
                                           John Cavallucci

                                           President and Chief Executive Officer

                                           /S/Christina Schaefer
                                           ------------------------------------
                                           Christina Schaefer
                                           Secretary

        Each of the undersigned declares, under penalty of perjury that the
matters set forth in the foregoing Certificate are true of their own knowledge.
Executed at Chino, California on January 21, 1986.

                                           /S/John Cavallucci
                                           ------------------------------------
                                           John Cavallucci

                                           /S/Christina Schaefer
                                           ------------------------------------
                                           Christina Schaefer

                            CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT
                         OF ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION OF
                               CVB FINANCIAL CORP.

        The undersigned, John Cavallucci and Christina Schaefer, do hereby
certify:

        1. That they are and have been, at all times mentioned herein,
respectively, the duly acting President, the Chief Executive Officer and
Secretary of CVB Financial Corp. (the "Company"), a California corporation; and

        2. That the following is a true and correct copy of a resolution of the
Company adopted by the holders of the majority of the outstanding shares of the
Company's Common Stock entitled to vote pursuant to a Written Consent of
Shareholders.

                BE IT HEREBY RESOLVED, that Article Four of the Company's
Articles of Incorporation, which currently provides as follows:

                        "Four. The Corporation is authorized to issue only one
class of shares, and the total number of shares which the Corporation is
authorized to issue is 25,000,000. Upon the amendment of this Article to read as
herein set forth each four outstanding shares are split up and converted into
five shares."

        be, and it hereby is amended in full to read as follows:

                "Four. This Corporation is authorized to issue two (2) classes
        of shares of stock: one class of shares to be called "Common Stock"; the
        second class of shares to be called "Serial Preferred Stock." The total
        number of shares of stock which the Corporation shall have authority to
        issue is Forty-five million (45,000,000), of which Twenty-Five Million
        (25,000,000) shall be Common Stock and Twenty Million (20,000,000) shall
        be Serial Preferred Stock. At the time the amendment to this Article to
        read as herein set forth becomes effective, each outstanding share of
        capital stock of this Corporation shall be reclassified as one share of
        Common Stock of the Corporation.

                The designations and the powers, preferences and rights and the
        qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, of each class of
        stock of the Corporation shall be as follows:

                        (a) Serial Preferred Stock.

                The Serial Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in
        one or more series. The Board of Directors is hereby authorized to fix
        or alter the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions granted to
        or imposed upon any wholly unissued series of preferred shares, and the
        number of shares constituting any such series and a designation thereof,
        or any of them; and to increase or decrease the number of shares of any
        series subsequent to the issue of shares of that series, but not below
        the number of such series then outstanding. In case the number of shares
        of any series shall be so decreased, the shares constituting such
        decrease shall resume the status which they had prior to the adoption of
        the resolution originally fixing the number of shares of such series.

                        (b) Common Stock

                (1) After the requirements with respect to preferential
        dividends upon all classes and series of stock entitled thereto shall
        have been paid or declared and set apart for payment and after the
        Corporation shall have complied with all requirements, if any, with
        respect to the setting aside of sums as a sinking fund or for a
        redemption account on any class of stock, then and not otherwise, the
        holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive, subject to the
        applicable provisions of the Corporations Code of the State of
        California, such dividends as may be declared from time to time by the
        Board of Directors.

                (2) After distribution in full of the preferential amounts to be
        distributed to the holders of all classes and series of stock entitled
        thereto in the event of a voluntary or involuntary

        liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Corporation, as provided
        for in the Corporations Code of the State of California, the holders of
        the Common Stock shall be entitled to receive all the remaining assets
        of the Corporation.

                (3) Each holder of Common Stock shall have one (1) vote in
        respect of each share of stock held by him, subject, however, to such
        special voting rights by class as are or may be granted to holders of
        Serial Preferred Stock.

        3. That the foregoing Amendment of Articles of Incorporation has been
duly approved by the required vote of shareholders in accordance with Section
902 of the California Corporations Code. The total number of outstanding shares
of the Corporation is 1,216,573. The number of shares voting in favor of the
Amendment equaled or exceeded the vote required. The percentage vote required
was more than fifty percent (50%).

        4. That the foregoing Amendment of Articles of Incorporation has been
duly approved and adopted with the necessary quorum present at a duly held
meeting of the Board of Directors of the Company held on June 18, 1986.

                IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this
Certificate on September 30, 1986.

                                            /S/John Cavallucci
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            John Cavallucci, President and
                                            Chief Executive Officer

                                            /S/Christina Schaefer
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            Christina Schaefer, Secretary

                Each of the undersigned declares under penalty of perjury that
the matters set forth in the foregoing Certificate are true and correct.

                Executed this 30th day of September, 1986, in Chino, California.

                                            /S/John Cavallucci
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            John Cavallucci, President and
                                            Chief Executive Officer

                                            /S/Christina Schaefer
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            Christina Schaefer, Secretary

                            CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT
                                       OF
                            ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

        John Cavallucci and Tina Schaefer certify that:

        1. They are the President/Chief Executive Officer and the Secretary,
respectively, of CVB Financial Corp., a California corporation.

        2. The Articles of Incorporation of this corporation are amended to
include an Article Five that reads as follows:

                "Five: Section 1. Elimination of Directors' Liability. The
        liability of the directors of the corporation for monetary damages shall
        be eliminated to the fullest extent permissible under California law.

        Section 2. Indemnification of Corporate Agents. This corporation is
        authorized to provide indemnification of agents (as defined in Section
        317 of the California Corporations Code) through bylaw provisions,
        agreements with agents, vote of shareholders or disinterested directors
        or otherwise, in excess of the indemnification otherwise permitted by
        Section 317 of the California Corporations Code, subject only to the
        applicable limits set forth in Section 204 of the California
        Corporations Code with respect to actions for breach of duty to the
        corporation and its shareholders.

        Section 3. Insurance from a Subsidiary. This corporation is authorized
        to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of its agents against any
        liability asserted against or incurred by the agent in such capacity or
        arising out of the agent's status as such from a company, the shares of
        which are owned in whole or in part by this corporation, provided that
        any policy issued by such company is limited to the extent required by
        applicable law.

        Section 4. Repeal or Modification. Any repeal or modification of the
        foregoing provisions of this Article Five by the shareholders of this
        corporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection of an
        agent of this corporation existing at the time of that repeal or
        modification."

        3. The foregoing Amendment of Articles of Incorporation was duly
approved by the Board of Directors at its meeting held on February 22, 1988, at
which a quorum was present and acting throughout.

        4. The foregoing Amendment of Articles of Incorporation has been duly
approved by the required vote of shareholders in accordance with Section 902 of
the California General Corporation Law, at a meeting held on May 18, 1988. The
corporation has no shares of preferred stock outstanding. The total number of
shares of Common Stock outstanding at the record date for determining
shareholders entitled to vote was 2,281,068. The number of shares of Common
Stock voting in favor of the amendment equaled or exceeded the vote required,
which was more than 50 percent of the Common Stock.

        We further declare under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State
of California that the matters set forth in the foregoing Certificate are true
and correct of our own knowledge.

               Dated 5-20-88

                                            /S/John Cavallucci
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            John Cavallucci, President
                                            and Chief Executive Officer

                                            /S/Tina Schaefer
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            Tina Schaefer, Secretary

                            CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT
                         OF ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION OF
                               CVB FINANCIAL CORP.

        John Cavallucci and Tina Schaefer certify:

        1. That they are the President and Secretary, respectively, of CVB
Financial Corp., a California corporation.

        2. That Article FOUR of the Corporation's Articles of Incorporation is
amended to read as follows:

               "Four. This Corporation is authorized to issue two (2) classes of
        shares of stock: one class of shares to be called "Common Stock"; the
        second class of shares to be called "Serial Preferred Stock." The total
        numbers of shares of stock which the Corporation shall have authority to
        issue is Seventy Million (70,000,000), of which Fifty Million
        (50,000,000) shall be Common Stock and Twenty Million (20,000,000) shall
        be Serial Preferred Stock. Upon the amendment of this Article to read as
        herein set forth each one outstanding share of Common Stock is split up
        and converted into two shares of Common Stock.

                The designation and powers, preferences and rights and the
        qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, of each class of
        stock of the Corporation shall be as follows:

                        (a) Serial Preferred Stock.

                The Serial Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in
        one or more series. The Board of Directors is hereby authorized to fix
        or alter the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions granted to
        or imposed upon any wholly unissued series of preferred shares, and the
        number of shares constituting any such series and a designation thereof,
        or any of them; and to increase or decrease the number of shares of any
        series subsequent to the issue of shares of that series, but not below
        the number of such series then outstanding. In case the number of shares
        of any series shall be so decreased, the shares constituting such
        decrease shall resume the status which they had prior to the adoption of
        the resolution originally fixing the number of shares of such series.

                (b) Common Stock

                (1) After the requirements with respect to preferential
        dividends upon all classes and series of stock entitled thereto shall
        have been paid or declared and set apart for payment and after the
        Corporation shall have complied with all requirements, if any, with
        respect to the setting aside of sums as a sinking fund or for a
        redemption account on any class of stock, then and not otherwise, the
        holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive, subject to the
        applicable provisions of the Corporations Code of the State of
        California, such dividends as may be declared from time to time by the
        Board of Directors.

                (2) After distribution in full of the preferential amounts to be
        distributed to the holders of all classes and series of stock entitled
        thereto in the event of a voluntary or involuntary liquidation,
        dissolution, or winding up of the Corporation, as provided for in the
        Corporations Code of the State of California, the holders of the Common
        Stock shall be entitled to receive all the remaining assets of the
        Corporation.

                (3) Each holder of Common Stock shall have one (1) vote in
        respect of each share of stock held by him, subject, however, to such
        special voting rights by class as are or may be granted to holders of
        Serial Preferred Stock.

        3. That the foregoing amendment of the Corporation's Articles of
Incorporation has been duly approved by the Board of Directors at their regular
meeting held on September 20, 1989.

        4. That the foregoing amendment was one which the Board of Directors
alone may adopt without approval of the outstanding shares pursuant to Section
902(c) of the California Corporations Code, since only one class of shares are
outstanding.

                                            /S/John Cavallucci
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            John Cavallucci, President

                                            /S/Tina Schaefer
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            Tina Schaefer, Secretary

        Each of the undersigned declares, under penalty of perjury that the
matters set forth in the foregoing Certificate are true of their own knowledge.
Executed at Ontario, California on September 20, 1989

                                            /S/John Cavallucci
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            John Cavallucci

                                            /S/Tina Schaefer
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            Tina Schaefer

                            CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT
                         OF ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION OF
                               CVB FINANCIAL CORP.

        The undersigned, D. Linn Wiley and Donna Marchesi, do hereby certify:

        1. That they are and have been at all times herein mentioned the duly
elected and acting President and the Secretary, respectively, of CVB Financial
Corp., a California corporation (the "Company").

        2. That the Board of Directors of the Company adopted the following
resolutions on December 17, 1997:

        NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED that the first paragraph of article Four
of the Company's Articles of Incorporation is amended to read as follows:

                "Four. This Corporation is authorized to issue two (2) classes
of shares of stock: one class of shares to be called "Common Stock"; the second
class of shares to be called "Serial Preferred Stock." The total number of
shares of stock which the corporation shall have authority to issue is Seventy
Million (70,000,000), of which Fifty Million (50,000,000) shall be Common Stock
and Twenty Million (20,000,000) shall be Serial Preferred Stock. Upon the
amendment of this Article to read as herein set forth each two (2) outstanding
shares of Common Stock are split up and converted into three (3) shares of
Common Stock.

        3. Approval of the foregoing Amendment of the Articles of Incorporation
("Amendment") by the shareholders is not required pursuant to 902(c) of the
California Corporations Code.

        4. This Amendment shall become effective on January 2, 1998.

        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed the Certificate on
December 23, 1997.

                                            / S /D. Linn Wiley
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            D. Linn Wiley, President

                                            / S /Donna Marchesi
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            Donna Marchesi, Secretary

        Each if the undersigned declares under penalty of perjury that the
matters set forth in the foregoing Certificate are true and correct of our own
knowledge.

        Executed this 23rd day of December, 1997 in Ontario, California.

                                            / S / D. Linn Wiley
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            D. Linn Wiley, President

                                            / S / Donna Marchesi
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            Donna Marchesi, Secretary

                            CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT
                         OF ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION OF
                               CVB FINANCIAL CORP.

        The undersigned, D. Linn Wiley and Donna Marchesi, do hereby certify:

        1. That they are and have been at all times herein mentioned the duly
elected and acting President and the Secretary, respectively, of CVB Financial
Corp., a California corporation (the "Company").

        2. That the Board of Directors of the Company adopted the following
resolutions on December 15, 1999:

        NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED that the first paragraph of article Four
of the Company's Articles of Incorporation is amended to read as follows:

                "Four. This Corporation is authorized to issue two (2) classes
of shares of stock: one class of shares to be called "Common Stock"; the second
class of shares to be called "Serial Preferred Stock." The total number of
shares of stock which the corporation shall have authority to issue is Seventy
Million (70,000,000), of which Fifty Million (50,000,000) shall be Common Stock
and Twenty Million (20,000,000) shall be Serial Preferred Stock. Upon the
amendment of this Article to read as herein set forth each four (4) outstanding
shares of Common Stock are split up and converted into five (5) shares of Common
Stock.

        3. Approval of the foregoing Amendment of the Articles of Incorporation
("Amendment") by the shareholders is not required pursuant to 902(c) of the
California Corporations Code.

        4. This Amendment shall become effective at 5:00 p.m. California time on
January 14, 2000.

        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed the Certificate on
December 31, 1999.
                                            / S /D. Linn Wiley
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            D. Linn Wiley, President

                                            / S /Donna Marchesi
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            Donna Marchesi, Secretary

        Each if the undersigned declares under penalty of perjury that the
matters set forth in the foregoing Certificate are true and correct of our own
knowledge.

        Executed this 31st day of December, 1999 in Ontario, California.

                                            / S / D. Linn Wiley
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            D. Linn Wiley, President

                                            / S / Donna Marchesi
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            Donna Marchesi, Secretary

                            CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT
                         OF ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION OF
                               CVB FINANCIAL CORP.

        The undersigned, D. Linn Wiley and Donna Marchesi, do hereby certify:

        1. That they are and have been at all times herein mentioned the duly
elected and acting President and the Secretary, respectively, of CVB Financial
Corp., a California corporation (the "Company").

        2. That the Board of Directors of the Company adopted the following
resolutions on December 19, 2001:

NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED that the first paragraph of article Four of the
Company's Articles of Incorporation is amended to read as follows:

                "Four. This Corporation is authorized to issue two (2) classes
of shares of stock: one class of shares to be called "Common Stock"; the second
class of shares to be called "Serial Preferred Stock." The total number of
shares of stock which the corporation shall have authority to issue is Eighty
Two Million Five Hundred Thousand (82,500,000), of which Sixty Two Million Five
Hundred Thousand (62,500,000) shall be Common Stock and Twenty Million
(20,000,000) shall be Serial Preferred Stock. Upon the amendment of this Article
to read as herein set forth each four (4) outstanding shares of Common Stock are
split up and converted into five (5) shares of Common Stock.

        3. Approval of the foregoing Amendment of the Articles of Incorporation
("Amendment") by the shareholders is not required pursuant to 902(c) of the
California Corporations Code. There are no shares of Serial Preferred Stock
outstanding.

        4. This Amendment shall become effective at 5:00 p.m. California time on
January 4, 2002.

        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed the Certificate on
December 26, 2001.

                                            / S /D. Linn Wiley
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            D. Linn Wiley, President

                                            / S /Donna Marchesi
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            Donna Marchesi, Secretary

        Each if the undersigned declares under penalty of perjury that the
matters set forth in the foregoing Certificate are true and correct of our own
knowledge.

        Executed this 26th day of December, 2001 in Ontario, California.

                                            / S / D. Linn Wiley
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            D. Linn Wiley, President

                                            / S / Donna Marchesi
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            Donna Marchesi, Secretary

                           CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT OF
                          ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION OF
                               CVB FINANCIAL CORP.

      The undersigned, D. Linn Wiley and Donna Marchesi, do hereby certify:

      1.    That they are and have been at all times herein mentioned the duly
            elected and acting President and the Secretary, respectively, of CVB
            Financial Corp., a California corporation (the "Company").

      2.    That the Board of Directors of the Company adopted the following
            resolutions on December 15, 2004:

      NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED that the first paragraph of Article Four of
the Company's Articles of Incorporation is amended to read as follows:

            "Four. This Corporation is authorized to issue two (2) classes of
      shares of stock: one class of shares to be called "Common Stock"; the
      second class of shares to be called "Serial Preferred Stock." The total
      numbers of shares of stock which the Corporation shall have authority to
      issue is One Hundred Seventeen Million Six Hundred Fifty Six Thousand Two
      Hundred Fifty (117,656,250), of which Ninety Seven Million Six Hundred
      Fifty Six Thousand Two Hundred Fifty (97,656,250) shall be Common Stock
      and Twenty Million (20,000,000) shall be Serial Preferred Stock. Upon the
      amendment of this Article to read as herein set forth each four (4)
      outstanding shares of Common Stock are split up and converted into five
      (5) shares of Common Stock."

      3. Approval of the foregoing Amendment of the Articles of Incorporation
("Amendment") by the shareholders is not required pursuant to Section902(c) of
the California Corporations Code. This Amendment only provides for a stock split
and an increase in the authorized shares of Common Stock in proportion thereto.
There are no shares of Serial Preferred Stock outstanding.

      4. This Amendment shall become effective at 5:00 p.m. California time on
December 29, 2004.

We further declare under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of
California that the matters set forth in this certificate are true and correct
of our own knowledge.

DATE:   December 21, 2004.

                                        By: /s/  D. Linn Wiley
                                            -------------------------------
                                            D. Linn Wiley, President

                                        By: /s/  Donna Marchesi
                                            -------------------------------
                                            Donna Marchesi, Secretary

                                       1
 
Exhibit 10.15 
OUTSIDE DIRECTORS’ COMPENSATION 
Each outside director of CVB Financial Corporation will receive the following compensation on an annual basis for their services as a director as of March 9, 2005: 
 	 	 	 	 	
Chairman of the Board 	 	$	124,200	 	
 	 	 	 	 	
All other outside directors 	 	$	43,464	 	
These amounts are paid in equal monthly installments. In addition, the directors are eligible to participate in the health plan of the Company and the Company pays a portion of that benefit comparable to the other employees of the Company. 
There is no additional compensation for the directors should they serve on a committee or chair a committee. 

Exhibit 10.16 
BASE SALARIES OF NAMED EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT 
As of March 9, 2005, the following are the base salaries (on an annual basis) of the named executive officers (as defined in Item 402(a)(3) of Regulations S-K) of CVB Financial Corporation: 
 	 	 	 	 	
D. Linn Wiley
President, Chief Executive Officer	 	$	500,000	 	
 	 	 	 	 	
Frank Basirico, Jr.
Executive Vice President, Chief Credit Officer	 	$	235,000	 	
 	 	 	 	 	
Edward J. Biebrich, Jr.
Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer	 	$	235,000	 	
 	 	 	 	 	
Jay W. Coleman
Executive Vice President, Sales and Service Division	 	$	 235,000	 	
 	 	 	 	 	
Edwin J. Pomplun
Executive Vice President, Wealth Management Group	 	$	162,000	 	
Each of the named executive officers will be eligible to receive a discretionary bonus for 2005 pursuant to the Citizens Business Bank (“CBB”) Discretionary Performance Compensation Plan upon adoption of such plan by CBB. 
In addition, each of the named executive officers receives the right to use a bank owned automobile. CBB also pays the country club dues for Messrs. Wiley and Coleman. 
Like all employees of CBB, each of the named executive officers is also eligible to receive an allocation pursuant to CBB’s 401(k) and Profit Sharing Plan. 

EXHIBIT 21 
SUBSIDIARIES OF CVB FINANCIAL CORP. 
Citizens Business Bank, a California corporation 
Community Trust Deed Services, a California corporation 
Chino Valley Bancorp., a California corporation 
CVB Ventures, Inc., a California corporation 
Orange National Bancorp, formerly ONB Mortgage Corporation, a California corporation 
CVB is also the indirect holding company for Golden West Enterprises, Inc., a California corporation, and wholly owned subsidiary of Citizens Business Bank 

EXHIBIT 23.1 
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 
We consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration Statement Nos. 333-88519, 333-41198, 333-41318 and 333-50442 of CVB Financial Corp. on Form S-8, of our report, dated March 8, 2005 relating to our audit of the consolidated financial statements and internal control over financial reporting, which appear in this Annual Report on Form 10-K of CVB Financial Corp. for the year ended December 31, 2004. 
/s/ McGLADREY & PULLEN, LLP 
Pasadena, California 
March 11, 2005 

EXHIBIT 23.2 
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 
      We consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration Statement Nos. 333-88519, 333-41318, 333-50442 and 333-41198 on Form S-8, of our report, dated March 10, 2004, appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K of CVB Financial Corp. for the year ended December 31, 2003. 
		
/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
		
Los Angeles California
March 14, 2005 		
96 
 
Exhibit 31.1 
CERTIFICATION 
     I, D. Linn Wiley, certify that: 
1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of CVB Financial Corp.; 
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this annual report; 
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this annual report; 
4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: 
(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; 
(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; 
(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and 
(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and 
5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s Board of Directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions): 
a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and 
b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. 
 	 	 	
Date: March 11, 2005 	 	/s/ D. Linn Wiley	
	 	D. Linn Wiley
Chief Executive Officer	

Exhibit 31.2 
CERTIFICATION 
     I, Edward J. Biebrich, Jr., certify that: 
1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of CVB Financial Corp.; 
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this annual report; 
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this annual report; 
4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: 
(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; 
(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; 
(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and 
(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and 
5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s Board of Directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions): 
a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and 
b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. 
 	 	 	
Date: March 11, 2005 	 	/s/ Edward J. Biebrich. Jr.	
	 	Edward J. Biebrich Jr.
Chief Financial Officer	

Exhibit 32.1 
CERTIFICATION 
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2003 
     In connection with the Annual Report of CVB Financial Corp. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, D. Linn Wiley, Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2003, to the best of my knowledge that: 
(1)  	The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and		
 	
(2)  	The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and result of operations of the Company.		
 	 	 	
Date: March 11, 2005 	 	/s/ D. Linn Wiley	
	 	D. Linn Wiley
Chief Executive Officer	

Exhibit 32.2 
CERTIFICATION 
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2003 
     In connection with the Annual Report of CVB Financial Corp. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Edward J. Biebrich, Jr., Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2003, to the best of my knowledge that: 
(1)  	The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and		
 	
(2)  	The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and result of operations of the Company.		
 	 	 	
Date: March 11, 2005 	 	/s/ Edward J. Biebrich Jr.	
	 	Edward J. Biebrich Jr.
Chief Financial Officer